Quarterlytics / Consumer Defensive / Grocery Stores / Sainsbury's

Sainsbury's

sbry.l · LSE Consumer Defensive
Claim this profile
Ticker sbry.l
Exchange LSE
Sector Consumer Defensive
Industry Grocery Stores
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2023 Annual Report · Sainsbury's
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
 
 
 
 
Sainsbury's Bank plc 
Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements 
for the year ended 28 February 2023 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
COMPANY NUMBER: 3279730 
 

 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 28 February 2023 
2 
 
Contents 
 
Strategic Report 
3 
Strategy 
4 
Business Model 
4 
Year in review 
6 
Delivering value for our shareholders 
7 
Our approach to Non-Financial Reporting 
8 
Environmental strategy 
11 
Social strategy 
15 
Key performance indicators 
17 
Financial Review 
21 
Risk overview 
26 
Governance 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ report 
31 
Board of Directors 
33 
Statement of Directors’ responsibilities 
 
 
 
Financial Statements 
34 
Independent auditors’ report to the members of 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc 
46 
Consolidated Income statement 
47 
Consolidated Statement of comprehensive 
income 
48 
Consolidated Balance sheet 
49 
Consolidated Statement of changes in equity 
51 
Consolidated Cash flow statement 
52 
Notes to the financial statements 
118 
Alternative performance measures 
120 
Glossary 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated SBAFS Financial Headlines  
 
Statutory profit before tax 
£44m 
(2022: £21m) 
 
 
Financial Services Underlying profit before 
tax 
£58m 
(2022: £64m) 
 
 
Net interest margin (underlying) 
5.1% 
(2022: 4.5%) 
 
 
Bad debt asset ratio 
2.1% 
(2022: 1.2%) 
 
 
Cost : income ratio (underlying) 
64% 
(2022: 68%) 
 
 
CET 1 Capital Ratio (transitional) 
15.5% 
(2022: 15.6%) 
 
 
Net Stable Funding Ratio 
291% 
(2022: 121%) 
 
 Performance, including reference to the above headlines is explained in the 
financial review section on page 17. 
 
 
The Alternative Performance measures have been defined and reconciled to the 
statutory disclosures on page 118.  
 

Strategic report 
 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 28 February 2023 
3 
 
The Directors present their strategic report for the year ended 28 February 2023.  
 
The Annual Report and Financial Statements includes the Strategic Report, the Directors’ Report and both the Company and 
Consolidated Group Financial Statements and accompanying notes as applicable. Reference to ‘the Bank’ means Sainsbury’s Bank plc 
and reference to ‘the Group’ specifies the Bank and its subsidiaries. Further information on investment in group undertakings can be 
found in note 21. 
 
The Bank has prepared consolidated financial statements under IFRS 10 for the first time .  The prior year comparative figures have 
been restated to reflect the consolidated results and have been subject to audit.  
 
The Bank is a wholly owned subsidiary of J Sainsbury plc, however is governed by its own Board and Executive Committee, independent 
from J Sainsbury plc (see Risk Overview and Governance sections on pages 21 and 26). These Group results are included in the 
consolidated J Sainsbury plc (‘the Sainsbury’s Group’) financial statements which are publicly available.  
 
The Bank is a public company limited by shares, incorporated and registered in England, and domiciled in the United Kingdom. Its 
registered office is 33 Holborn, London, EC1N 2HT. Our principal place of business is 3 Lochside Avenue, Edinburgh, EH12 9DJ. 
 
Strategy 
  
The Group is aligned to the Sainsbury’s Group strategic priority to focus on being a brand that delivers whilst 
supporting the core food business. We aim to drive value for the Sainsbury’s Group by being an agile, capital 
and cost-efficient provider of simple, mobile led financial services for Sainsbury’s and Argos customers.  
 
Our strategic priorities remain consistent - to build momentum across the business while simplifying and 
strengthening the organisation.  
 
 
VISION 
To be the provider of Financial Services for loyal Sainsbury’s Group customers 
OBJECTIVE 
An agile, capital and cost-efficient provider of simple, mobile led financial services 
PRIORITIES 
  
Momentum 
Strengthen  
 
Simplify  
• 
Further develop Argos 
Financial Services 
proposition 
• 
Financial Services model 
with Nectar at the core 
• 
Improve cards, loans and 
insurance momentum 
Focus on: 
• Customer closeness  
• Capability 
• Conduct and culture  
• Operational resilience 
• Capital efficiency 
Core competency in: 
• 
Digital 
• 
Data and 
analytics 
• 
Credit/ 
Operational risk 
• 
Partnerships 
• 
Review 
vendor/supplier 
arrangements 
• 
Right size the 
cost base 
• 
Optimise cross-
Group synergies 
 
 
Bank by name, Sainsbury’s by nature 
 
Our Sainsbury’s Bank brand proposition is “Bank by name, Sainsburys by nature” with three supporting brand pillars - making it easy, 
always offering value and being a trusted ally. Research showed that customers have real trust in the Sainsbury’s brand associating 
it with great service, underpinned by offering value in their food and reward proposition, as well as making it easy for customers to 
shop every day.  

Strategic report 
 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 28 February 2023 
4 
 
These same brand pillars underpin our Argos brand, Argos Financial Services, which provides payment solutions that generate high 
levels of engagement in the most loyal Argos customer groups. The Argos Card provides a flexible payment option for customers that 
drives frequency, value and sales.  
 
Business model 
 
We offer a range of retail banking services and related financial services wholly within the UK. We provide simple, mobile led financial 
services for Sainsbury’s and Argos customers. 
 
Saving & Lending products: 
• 
Funds are raised through savings deposits and wholesale sources. We use these deposits to fund lending to customers or 
hold them as liquid assets. 
• 
Our savings and lending products are sold and serviced online or by telephone and, in the case of Storecards, in store. 
 
Commission based products: 
• 
Third party Car, Home, Warranty, Life, Travel and Pet Insurance products are offered to customers where we act as a broker 
to a number of underwriters. All products are available online or via telephone. 
• 
Foreign currency is acquired wholesale and sold to customers at a retail rate with margin. We also earn fees on prepaid 
cards and money transfer services. Travel Money has a physical presence at the Bureaux in Sainsbury’s supermarkets and 
is also available online.  
• 
Our ATMs have a physical presence in Sainsbury’s and Argos stores.  
 
Year in review 
 
Always offering value and making it easy for our customers 
 
Now more than ever, customers are shopping around to seek the best deals, 
with brands they trust at the top of their consideration list. We launched our 
new brand campaign for Sainsbury’s Bank this year which could speak to the 
current consumer pressures with empathy at every touch point.  
Our new brand proposition, Bank by name Sainsbury’s by nature, is resonating 
well with customers. Following the launch of the campaign we have seen an 
incremental 1 million web visits. Our investment in brand, alongside our direct 
digital marketing investment, has contributed to further improving our 
direct/aggregator sourced customer mix (a 4% growth YoY) and helps us in reducing our cost to acquire new business.  
In Argos Financial Services (AFS), we have enhanced connectivity with Argos throughout the year, with new marketing channels 
launching and increased integration of our products across Argos channels and events. 
Our Net Promoter Score (NPS) for Sainsburys Bank and Argos Financial Services brands remains strong, supported by continued 
developments of customer online journeys.  

Strategic report 
 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 28 February 2023 
5 
 
Our digital strategy in action 
 
The number of customers using digital channels continues to grow with now over half of our active credit card customers logging into 
the credit card app at least once a month - an uplift of 25% since last year. In Argos Financial Services, our customer base is more 
digitally engaged than ever with 91% of our active customers now registered for our Mobile app, up 3% from last year, and we saw a 
2% increase in the share of payments coming through our digital channels – now up to 79% of total payment value. In Insurances we 
have seen a record level of our Car and Home Insurance customers register for online self-service, with 87% of our live book now 
registered customers. Our profile of digital customers shows that they spend more, borrow more and save more across our products. 
 
In Credit Cards, we launched Apple Pay in June 2022 with customers already making 4.7m transactions. Further app 
functionality was added through the year.  
 
In Loans and Savings, we delivered further enhancements to our new the application journey, offering a more 
seamless, fully digital “short apply” experience for existing customers looking for a loan or savings product.  
 
In Insurances, to simplify and automate processes, improving customer experience and increasing efficiency within 
our Car and Home insurance business, we introduced robotic process automation.  
 
Reopening of Travel Money Business  
 
Travel Money, after a couple years of disruption, saw turnover more than treble as demand for foreign 
travel returned. Our 225 in-store bureaux re-opened, as colleagues returned from supporting Sainsburys 
stores, serving over 2 million customers. For the first time the campaign via Nectar360 was promoted to 
increase customer awareness in stores. Our Travel Money Card relaunched in November, increasing the 
number of currencies you can hold on it to 15. 
 
Response to cost of living 
 
As a trusted ally, we’re here to support customers through the cost-of-living crisis. Our cost-of-living hub launched on 30 Sept 2022, 
which houses tools, information and practical support for those in need.  
Affordability calculations have been updated to reflect ongoing inflation, including rising energy costs, and we have strengthened our 
approach to validating customer income.  
 
Launch of Monthly Payment Plan 
 
Interest bearing Monthly Payment Plans rolled out to all Argos categories (excluding 
clothing) during this financial year, giving Argos customers a monthly payment option on 
higher price items when purchasing online for instore collection.  
 

Strategic report 
 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 28 February 2023 
6 
 
Delivering value for our shareholders 
 
Capital Market Commitments 
 
In order to maximise shareholder value, we announced six targets at our Capital Markets Day in September 2019, summarised below: 
1) Stop putting cash into financial services 
The Bank has received no further capital from J Sainsbury plc since the 
strategy launch. 
2) Financial services to become cash generative  
The Bank targeted paying dividends to our parent within 5 years. A 
dividend of £50m was paid in April 2022. 
3) Reduce risk profile to the Group 
We continue to operate with sufficient capital and liquidity buffers to 
protect against potential future stress scenarios and our mortgage book 
continues to run off. 
4) Focus on Sainsbury’s customer base 
We continue developing our products and services that appeal to more 
Sainsbury’s customers, listening to them and what they tell us. We 
continue to improve online customer journeys and invest in faster and 
smoother digital application processing. 
 
Whilst very much still at the core of our focus and strategy, due to the economic headwinds of recent years we anticipate a delay in 
achieving the following targets: 
 
5) Transform the cost base 
We were targeting to reduce our cost to income ratio to circa 50% within 
5 years, however this is challenging with Covid-19 and economic 
headwinds impacting revenue through reduced credit demand and 
travel. Our cost income ratio has decreased to 64% (from 68% in FY22) 
and is expected to further improve.  
6) Improve returns  
Our target was to double underlying profits and reach double digit ROCE 
within 5 years. While we expect profitability to improve, there is likely to 
be a delay in us reaching these levels. 
 
 
Connectivity 
 
Our number of customers in Sainsbury’s Bank has increased from 1.8 million at February 2022 to 1.9 million at February 2023, largely 
driven by increases across Cards and Savings products. Customer numbers in Argos Financial Services remained stable at 2.1 million.  
Nectar continues to be an integral part of our strategy to connect with Sainsbury’s customers, with circa 80% of our customers holding 
a Nectar card and benefiting from Nectar points and rewards across a range of products. This year we issued 2.8 billion of Nectar points 
to our customers.  
We continue to support the growth of our Sainsbury’s core food business and general 
merchandising, funding over £1.7bn of retail spend on our Credit Cards, Store Cards and Monthly 
Payment Plan products across Sainsbury’s, Argos and Habitat.  
 
 
 

Strategic report 
 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 28 February 2023 
7 
 
OUR APPROACH TO NON-FINANCIAL REPORTING 
This page sets out how the Group has complied with various reporting and regulatory and governance requirements. 
 
Non-Financial Reporting Directive 
The Group has complied with the non-financial reporting directive requirements contained in sections 
414CA and 414CB of the Companies Act 2006. The table below sets out how we have responded to the 
requirements, with reference to other sections of the Annual Report where necessary. 
Business Model 
The Group seeks to provide quality financial services to Sainsbury’s and Argos 
customers at an affordable price. The business model is outlined on page 4 of 
this Strategic Report 
Environmental 
Refer to Page 8 of Strategic Report for the Group’s strategy for climate and 
pages 9 to 11 for an update on progress made in the year 
Social 
Details on our interaction with our communities is outlined on page 11 
Our customers 
Details on our approach to our customers in outlined page 11 
Our employees 
We aim to make the Group a great place to work for all colleagues. Our 
approach to achieve this is outlined on page 11 
Gender Pay Gap 
Details on gender pay gap is outlined on page 13 
Human Rights  
and Modern Slavery 
Details on our approach to Human Rights and Slavery is outlined on Page 13 
Anti-corruption/Anti-
bribery 
Details on our approach to Anti-Corruption and Anti-Bribery is outlined on Page 
13 
Wates Corporate Governance Principles 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc applies the Wates Corporate Governance Principles for Large Private Companies 
(available on the Financial Reporting Council website). Information demonstrating how we applied the 
principles can be found throughout the Strategic Report as outlined below: 
Principle 1 – Purpose and Leadership 
See our business model (page 4) and strategy (page 3) 
sections of the Strategic Report. 
Principle 2 – Board Composition 
Outlined in the directors’ report on page 31 and the 
Strategic Report on page 27. 
Principle 3 – Director Responsibilities 
See the Strategic Report on page 28. 
Principle 4 – Opportunity and Risk 
See the Strategic Report on page 29. 
Principle 5 - Remuneration 
See the Strategic Report on page 29. 
Principle 6 – Stakeholder Relationships 
and Engagement 
Our engagement with stakeholders is outlined in the 
Section 172 statement opposite. 
Section 172 
The Board fully recognises its obligations under the Companies Act 2006, including those set out in 
section 172. Its governance framework and regular programme of agenda items ensures it has due 
regard to: 
• 
The likely longer-term consequences of its decisions. For example, the Board approves a rolling 
five-year strategic plan on an annual basis and regularly monitors its progress through key 
metrics (which form the basis of KPIs outlined on pages 15 to 16) and sub-committees to 
provide appropriate review, balanced challenge and transparency on decision making. 
• 
Maintaining the reputation of the Bank (and the Sainsbury’s Group brands it uses) for high 
standards of business conduct. The Board promotes the values of the wider Sainsbury’s Group 
across the organisation. These values help colleagues to know how to act at work and we 
believe they are right because they are also the way that many of us live outside of work too. 
Sainsbury’s Group (including the Bank and its subsidiaries) has always had a strong sense of 
social, environmental and economic responsibility and an understanding that our success 
depends on society’s success. Further details on our approach to diversity, environmental and 
social factors are outlined in the Non-Financial reporting section on pages 8 to 13. 
• 
The views and interests of its key stakeholders. The Board seeks to understand the views of 
key stakeholders in order to inform effective decision-making and to deliver long-term 
success. It identifies our core stakeholders as: customers and communities; colleagues; 
investors; suppliers; and regulators. 
By taking regard of these factors, the Board seeks to ensure that the Directors have acted both 
individually and collectively in a way that would, in good faith, be considered likely to promote the 
success of the Group while having due regard to all its stakeholders and to the matters set out in 
paragraphs a to f of section 172 of the Companies Act 2006. 
Further information of our consumer duty can be found on page 21 of the strategic report. Information 
on how we have interacted with our stakeholders is located as follows: 
Stakeholder 
Strategic Report Reference 
Colleagues 
Page 11 
Customers 
Page 11 
Communities 
Page 11 
Investors 
Page 14 
Suppliers 
Page 14 
Regulators 
Page 14 

Strategic report 
 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 28 February 2023 
8 
 
Environmental, Social and Governance 
 
Our approach to ESG  
 
We know our customers care about wide-ranging, complex issues that impact them and our wider 
world. They trust us to be a responsible business, whether that’s by supporting the communities we 
serve and source from, managing our environmental impacts or contributing to a healthier, more 
inclusive society.  
 
We strive to do the best for our customers and the business, addressing key ESG issues and living up 
to our Sainsbury’s values. We are committed to driving improvements across the ESG agenda while 
also leveraging Sainsbury’s environmental agenda. 
 
The section below gives more details on our Environmental and Social strategy and along with some of our successes to date. Refer to 
page 26 for our section on Governance.  
 
Environmental Strategy 
 
Our ESG strategy specifically includes the commitment to reduce our own Scope 1 and 2 carbon emissions covering our direct and 
indirect emissions within our operations, and commit to be net zero by 2035, in line with the wider Sainsbury’s Group target. More 
information on the Sainsbury’s Group commitment can be found in the Sainsbury’s Sustainability update found at 
https://www.about.sainsburys.co.uk/sustainability/plan-for-better/reports-policies-and-standards/2022 
 
As part of Sainsbury’s, our facilities management approach actively manages, and looks to continuously improve our waste 
management and recycling. We frequently use video and telephone conferencing facilities rather than travel to meetings. Colleagues 
are encouraged to use public transport and cycle to work. We take time to identify practical ways to reduce the environmental impact 
of our leaflets and Point of Sale materials in stores. 
 
Things we have achieved since the launch of our plan for better strategy include: 
• 
Reduction in paper usage by encouraging customers to go paperless for statements and delivering a number of online apps 
which encourage customers to self-serve online and in time will reduce the need for written correspondence 
• 
Our new credit cards issues are made from 57% recycled plastic 
• 
Adding symbols to our instore marketing materials so instore colleagues know how to recycle them 
• 
In our offices we have upgraded to LED lighting and have an active campaign ongoing to reduce consumption of single-use 
plastics and paper 
• 
Updated our Wholesale Credit Risk Policy such that the Group will not directly finance companies or organisations whose 
main activities actively contribute to climate change. 
 
Environmental Key Performance Indicators (KPIs) 
 
The following table compares Scope 1 and 2 Greenhouse gas emissions for FY23 (current year) and FY22 (prior year).  
 
Environmental Data 
2023 
2022 
% change 
 
 
 
 
GHG emissions (tCO2e) – Location Based 
 
 
 
Scope 1 bs 
290.32 
345.41 
(16)% 
Scope 2 emissions 
328.00 
227.63 
44% 
 
618.32 
573.04 
8% 
 
 
 
 
GHG emissions (tCO2e) – Market Based 
 
 
 
Scope 1 emissions 
290.32 
345.41 
(16)% 
Scope 2 emissions 
- 
257.78 
(100)% 
 
290.32 
603.19 
(52)% 
 
The Group’s Scope 1 emissions decrease was predominately driven by lower heating emissions in the offices, due to milder 
temperatures. Scope 2 location-based emissions increased this year due to improved data quality in year, removing estimations in the 
prior year. Our Science Based Targets Initiative (SBTi) target is based on market-based Scope 2 emissions. 
  

Strategic report 
 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 28 February 2023 
9 
 
Note on Scope 1 and Scope 2 emissions 
All Scope 1 emissions have been calculated using UK Government’s GHG Conversion Factors for Company Reporting 2022 for all sources.  
All Scope 2 Location based emissions have been calculated using UK Government’s GHG Conversion Factors for Company Reporting 
2022. Market based Electricity is covered by either a Power Purchase Agreement (PPA), a certified green tariff, or falls within onsite 
renewable generation from wind and solar energy.  
 
The Scope 1 and Scope 2 emissions disclosed above relate to electricity and gas used in Group office locations and company car fuel 
use associated with Group employee travel. Note it does not currently include a percentage allocation of office locations for centralised 
shared services. 
 
Note on scope 3 emissions  
The SBTi drives ambitious climate action by enabling companies to set science-based emissions reduction targets. Financial 
institutions differ from other economic sectors in that they provide finance to the companies that are responsible for reducing 
emissions, rather than exercise direct control over emission reductions. Therefore, financial institutions require an approach within the 
SBTi that is tailored to their role. Currently unsecured consumer lending products are out of scope of the SBTi guidance for financial 
institutions. 
 
In the absence of a methodology to calculate our scope 3 impact, we are none the less considering actions that will have a positive 
impact in this area. Active monitoring and management of our metrics and targets within our risk appetite statements contribute to 
this effort. 
 
TCFD Roadmap  
 
We are committed to seeking to better understand climate-related risk in relation to our business and prepare a response in 
alignment with the Task Force for Climate-related Financial Disclosure (TCFD). We have been working hard to update our governance 
and consider the impacts of climate change throughout our normal business practices. This section of our annual report provides an 
update on our progress against the TCFD framework and indicates areas of future focus.  
 
Governance 
 
The Board’s oversight of climate-related risks and opportunities: 
Achievements 
to Date 
• The Bank Board has oversight of the Group’s approach to managing climate change risks. This includes regular updates from 
the ESG Forum on plans to meet our climate strategy and progress against our Scope 1 and 2 targets. The Group is aligned 
with Sainsbury’s Group governance on ESG matters with the Group’s strategy presented at the Sainsbury’s Group ESG Steerco.  
• Executive Risk Committee (ERC) and Board Risk Committee (BRC) have oversight of climate related financial risks. 
• The Bank Board is responsible for assessing and approving the climate-related disclosures in the annual report 
Future Focus 
• To establish and set the Group’s Strategy in relation to scope 3 emission targets and a transition plan to support this.  
  
Management’s role in assessing and managing climate-related risks and opportunities: 
Achievements 
to Date 
• The Chief Risk Officer (CRO) is established as the Senior Manager responsible under the Senior Management and Certification 
Regime (SMCR) for managing the financial risks from climate change. The CRO chairs the ESG Forum which manages our 
assessment of climate related issues with attendees representing different areas of the business. 
• Whilst climate change risk has been assessed in the context of the Group’s current suite of principal risks in line with the risk 
management framework, it was decided to establish a standalone ESG Policy which is currently being finalised. This 
articulates the types of climate-related risks that the Group is exposed to, definitions of the Group’s risk appetite metrics in 
relation to climate, an outline of the minimum standards for the management of climate related risk, and a description of 
the Group’s governance structure for the management of climate related risks.  
Future Focus 
• Board approval of the ESG policy and risk appetite metrics. 
• Continue to build knowledge and further embed business processes to support oversight and management of climate 
related risks and opportunities within the Group’s business strategy. 
  
 
 

Strategic report 
 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 28 February 2023 
10 
 
Strategy 
 
The climate-related risks and opportunities we have identified over the short, medium and long-term: 
Achievements 
to Date 
• Risks and opportunities deemed material to our five-year financial planning cycle are viewed as short-term. Aligned with 
SBTi’s guidance for financial institutions, long-term has been defined as beyond 15 years. Medium-term is therefore within 
the next 5-15 years. 
• Our target to reduce emissions from our own direct operations to net zero by 2035, against a 2019 baseline, is expected in the 
short to medium term horizon. 
Future Focus 
• Continue to embed climate-related decision making in business activities. 
 
 The impact of climate-related risks and opportunities on our businesses, strategy and financial planning: 
Achievements 
to Date 
• We have embedded policy and procedures within business planning to ensure that key product and process decisions and 
the allocation of change resources considers climate related risks and opportunities. 
Future Focus 
• Further embed climate considerations into our supply chain and procurement processes  
  
The resilience of our strategy, taking into consideration different climate-related scenarios, including a 2°C or lower scenario: 
Achievements 
to Date 
• Climate stress testing was introduced as part of the Bank’s ICAAP in 2021. The analysis included both a short-term 
assessment which considered the financial risks from climate change within the existing business planning horizon and a 
longer-term assessment of a range of different climate-related scenarios. At the time both assessments were limited and 
as a result highly qualitative in nature.  
• This year, the Group’s approach to climate stress testing has evolved to obtain further insights into climate related financial 
risks using a more detailed modelled approach based on the three Climate Biennial Exposure Scenarios provided by the 
Bank of England, assessed over a 30-year period.  
• As part of this approach the Group’s lending portfolios were split out according to sector, region and local area to ascertain 
those customers who may be most sensitive to physical and transition type risks under these different stressed economic 
scenarios.  
• The results of the stress testing exercise noted that the Group is most sensitive to scenarios where there are broader 
economic disruptions from the transition to net zero, especially impacting its credit risk profile via changes to 
unemployment. This is in line with its previous qualitative assumption given the Bank is a UK based unsecured lender, has 
no corporate lending and a mortgage portfolio in run down.  
• The outcome from the scenario analysis is being used to assess the overall risk profile and business strategy of the Group 
and to help form strategies to adopt the business model over time in light of climate changes. 
Future Focus 
• Continue to enhance scenario modelling capabilities.  
• Ensure we continue to respond to developing regulatory requirements on the approach to climate related risk 
  
Risk Management 
 
The process for identifying and assessing climate-related risks, the process for managing climate-related risks, and how our 
processes for identifying, assessing and managing climate-related risks are integrated into overall risk management: 
Achievements 
to Date 
• In line with PRA guidance (SS3/19), we have developed a strategy to identify, assess and manage our exposure across the 
key areas of governance, risk management, scenario analysis and disclosure. A framework has been established to ensure 
appropriate visibility of the risks arising from climate change and our ICAAP includes an assessment of the impact of 
financial risks from climate change, including the impact of extreme weather on our ability to serve our customers. 
• We have assessed climate related risk factors across credit, market and operational risk and have also considered 
reputational risk. To date none of the assessed risks has resulted in a material financial impact, however we continually 
monitor the outlook and amend our responses and risk appetite accordingly. 
• See Risk Overview section on page 21 for more details 
Future Focus 
• Continue to further integrate climate related risk management across business processes.  
  
Metrics and Targets 
 
The metrics used by the organisation to assess climate-related risks and opportunities: 
Achievements 
to Date 
• The Group is included in the Sainsbury’s Group commitment to become a net zero operation by 2035. Further metrics have 
been proposed as part of its risk appetite suite of metrics, which requires final Board review and sign off, 
Future Focus 
• Remuneration targets related to sustainability commitments to be agreed and set. 
• Continue to improve data availability and accuracy to monitor and track progress against emissions targets. 
• Board approval of risk appetite metrics 
  
 
 

Strategic report 
 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 28 February 2023 
11 
 
Scope 1, Scope 2, and, if appropriate, Scope 3 greenhouse gas (“GHG”) emissions, and the related risks and the targets used by 
the organisation to manage climate-related risks and opportunities and performance against targets: 
Achievements 
to Date 
• Location based and Market based GHG emissions (tCO2e) have been disclosed for Scope 1 and Scope 2. 
• The Group is included in the Sainsbury’s Group commitment to become a Net Zero operation by 2035 in a bid to limit global 
warming to 1.5°C. This target includes our Scope 1 and 2 emissions, which have been approved by the Science Based Targets 
initiative (SBTi) at a Group level, covering our direct and indirect emissions within our operations. 
Future Focus 
• Currently unsecured consumer lending products are out of scope of the SBTi guidance for financial institutions. We expect 
to set targets aligned with the SBTi approach as these methodologies develop.  
• Continue to monitor our performance against our climate-related targets 
  
 
Social Strategy 
 
Customers 
We have a customer strategy that makes best use of our data and insight to ensure we speak to our customers about relevant topics, 
at the right time and through the right channels. We consider not only acquiring new customers, but also how best to retain and 
reward those already with us. We also want to make our services as simple as possible for everyone to use, including people who 
have a disability. Our website sets out the areas we are working hard to continually improve our online accessibility: 
https://www.sainsburysbank.co.uk/onlinesupport/support-online-accessibility 
 
This year we commenced preparation for the forthcoming Consumer Duty regulation to ensure that good customers outcomes are 
delivered to all customers, including vulnerable customers. More detail on this programme of work has been included in the s172 
statement on page 7.  
 
Customer satisfaction is measured through Net Promoter Score (NPS), capturing online and telephone feedback, and is reported to the 
Board. Findings are used to improve our customers’ experience and engagement with knowledge being shared across all our business. 
We also have a clear process for responding to customer complaints and any key themes that are identified are reviewed by the Board 
and senior management. 
 
Communities 
The Sainsbury’s Group Values and Sustainability Plan underpin our approach to what we do, and how. By acting 
in the best interests of all our stakeholders, we can make a sustainable and positive contribution to our 
community. We also know that playing an active and supportive role in our community is really important to our 
colleagues. It makes us all feel good to know we’re doing something for someone else. We actively participate in 
national awareness events, such as LGBT+ History Month, Black History Month and Purple Tuesday.  
 
In 2022/23, our colleagues raised over £60,000 for charity, with £55,000 of this for Maggie’s who help to provide 
free practical, emotional and social support to people with Cancer. Maggie’s have been our charity partner since 2019 and we have 
raised over £150,000 for Maggie’s Centres since then.  
 
Colleagues 
We aim to make the Group a great place to work for all colleagues. Our ‘Great Place to 
Work Group’ is part of the group-wide approach, enabling colleagues’ voices to be 
heard and providing an effective way to communicate what matters to our colleagues 
to make a difference in our business.  
 
This financial year, we’ve enhanced our colleague proposition with the introduction of 
Smarter Working – a big, ambitious change for our business with a focus on more 
efficient meetings and working practices to allow more flexible working for all 
colleagues. By empowering our teams to work differently, we can individually and 
collectively be more productive, alongside having more time for customer-centric 
thinking, innovation, focussed work and personal development. And we unlock better 
flexibility, choice, and balance in the way we work. It’s a bold opportunity to make 
things better for everyone, boost our productivity and engagement, and deliver 
improved outcomes for our customers. 
 
 
 

Strategic report 
 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 28 February 2023 
12 
 
Listening to our colleagues 
How it feels to work at the Group makes us different because our Values guide everything we do. We want our colleagues to feel 
connected and engaged and we measure this through our annual colleague engagement survey. The colleague happiness score of 71 
for FY23 is up from 66 last year. Feedback on how line management treat, and support colleagues continues to be a real positive, with 
colleagues saying they felt supported with their wellbeing, are well communicated to and that their line manager is approachable and 
accessible. We also carry out an additional check-in survey to ensure we’re engaging with colleagues regularly on how they’re feeling 
and get their input on business activities. 
 
A diverse and inclusive place to work 
As part of the Sainsbury’s Group, we support the Sainsbury’s Group’s vision to become the ‘most inclusive’ retailer by embracing our 
differences. The activities we’re undertaking to be a more diverse and inclusive organisation are fundamentally about fairness and 
equality. We are active in our drive for inclusivity and the progression of our diverse talent. With this diversity comes a variety of ideas 
and views that inform decision-making and enable us to understand our customers better.  
 
Being an inclusive organisation with diverse representation at all levels of our business is important to us. We acknowledge we still 
have a way to go, and we are committed to driving positive, sustainable change to improve the lived experience and opportunities for 
under-represented groups, be they colleagues or customers.  
 
 
 
It’s important to highlight that it’s not mandatory for colleagues to share their ethnicity with us, in the way it is for gender. In FY23, 
81% of colleagues shared their ethnicity with us (up from 78% last year). 
 
We have workplace adjustments process in place for our colleagues who are living with a disability or long term health condition which 
operates through the Government’s Access to Work scheme. Workplace adjustments can be made at any point during a colleague’s 
employment with us. 
 
 
 

Strategic report 
 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 28 February 2023 
13 
 
Gender Pay Gap  
Note the statutory gender pay gap disclosure is for colleagues employed by Sainsbury’s 
Bank legal entity. Both the Bank and Argos Financial Services are also included within the 
Sainsbury’s Group disclosures, which can be found at: 
https://about.sainsburys.co.uk/sustainability/better-for-everyone/gender-pay-gap 
 
The mean gender pay gap of 34.3% (as at April 2022) has marginally improved from 35.5% in 
April 2021. The gap is, in part, reflective of the number of in-store Travel Money Bureaux 
colleagues with around 32% of Sainsbury’s Bank colleagues working in these roles on hourly 
rates of pay and over 70% of these roles being held by women. In addition to the Travel Money 
colleague composition, Sainsbury’s Bank still has more men than women in the most senior 
roles and more women than men in hourly paid positions, further impacting the pay gap.  
 
We continue to see an improvement in female representation at senior levels since signing up 
to the Women in Finance Charter (WIF) in 2018. We had a target to achieve 40% female 
representation at senior levels by February 2024. We have managed to meet this target a year 
early, reaching 41% by February 2023, up from 37% last year.  
 
We actively support our colleagues of all gender identities through our inclusion strategy and 
our LGBT+ colleague network, Proud@Sainsbury’s. 
 
Ethnicity Pay Gap 
Sainsbury’s Group include voluntary disclosures on the ethnicity pay gap at a group level. This 
disclosure 
includes 
Bank 
colleagues 
and 
can 
be 
found 
at 
https://about.sainsburys.co.uk/sustainability/better-for-everyone/gender-pay-gap 
  
 
Human rights and modern slavery  
The Group has a zero tolerance towards modern slavery and human trafficking. We are committed to acting ethically and with integrity 
in all of our business relationships. We work closely with our business partners, suppliers, and supply chains to ensure there is no place 
for modern slavery and human trafficking in any area of our business. We regularly review our processes and controls to prevent 
modern slavery and human trafficking. Our policies and procedures support and encourage colleagues to raise concerns relating to 
modern slavery or the presence of it in our supply chain at the earliest opportunity. Our full Modern Slavery statement is published on 
the Bank’s website at https://www.sainsburysbank.co.uk/~/media/files/pdf/modern-slavery-statement.pdf. 
 
Anti-Corruption / Anti-Bribery  
As a financial services provider, the Group is exposed to the risk of facilitating bribery or aiding corruption through the provision of 
financial services. This risk is managed through a clear set of policies, procedures and controls which are communicated to colleagues 
through regular mandatory training. The training material is reviewed and updated to reflect changes in legislation or best practice. 
The Supply Chain Management team regularly monitors suppliers to ensure that processes and controls are in line with the Group’s 
required standards. 
 
 
 

Strategic report 
 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 28 February 2023 
14 
 
Other Key Stakeholders 
 
Investors 
J Sainsbury plc owns 100% of our equity capital and we also have debt investors through our Tier 2 capital issuance. Our Board sets our 
risk appetite to support and protect investor value and to ensure we operate within appropriate and agreed levels and types of risks.  
 
Our strategic aim is to be the provider of Financial Services for loyal Sainsbury’s Group customers. The Group’s interests are represented 
by an appointed Non-executive Director to ensure effective challenge and collaboration to grow our connected services. Where interests 
are not aligned, this is managed through disclosure and activities to minimise potential conflicts.  
 
Suppliers 
Our Board understands the importance of our supply chain in delivering our plans and the long-term success of the business. We seek 
a strong degree of engagement with 3rd party suppliers across the end-to-end supplier management process, from sourcing to 
procurement to relationship management to contract reviews. We recognise that when we outsource a service, we do not outsource 
the responsibility. We ensure our suppliers are compliant with regulatory requirements and have the necessary controls in place in line 
with risks to make sure we continue to meet a high standard of conduct for our customers. Our Supply chain Oversight Committee 
provides performance oversight of our suppliers and reports to senior management and the Board. 
 
Continuous and pro-active collaboration with our suppliers is undertaken on a regular basis. This provides a forum for developing the 
business relationship and to ensure we receive an effective service, identify and manage risk appropriately and operate in line with our 
values. A key factor in building effective relationships with our suppliers is ensuring our requirements are clear and that they are paid 
on time. The Bank’s iSupplier internet portal provides suppliers with access to the purchase orders raised and allows them to allocate 
their respective invoices once they have fulfilled the order requirements. 
 
Regulators 
We are regulated by the Prudential Regulation Authority for prudential issues and by the Financial Conduct Authority for conduct of 
business matters. We engage with regulators on an open and proactive basis, ensuring full compliance with the letter and spirit of the 
rules we operate within.  
 
We recognise the trust that customers place in the Sainsbury’s and Argos brands and seek to maintain that by operating in a safe and 
sound way. Our Head of Conduct and Compliance provides oversight of any emerging compliance risks and reports any areas of concern 
to the Board. 
 
Consumer Duty 
 
During the financial year, the Board and management invested extensive time and effort in understanding and monitoring the 
implementation of the FCA’s new Consumer Duty rules. In March 2022 the Board was provided with a high level overview of Consumer 
Duty and its potential impact on the Bank and its subsidiaries together with an overview of the preparatory work underway at the time 
to meet the requirements of this significant regulatory change. This allowed the Board to understand and query the requirements from 
the business between then and July 2023 (when the new regulation comes into effect). 
 
At the outset, the Board agreed that Consumer Duty related decisions may influence the strategic direction of the Group’s products 
and services, determine how successfully they met the needs of the Group’s customers and would define to what extent business 
profitability would be impacted. A dedicated change project was established, with the Bank’s Chief Customer Officer appointed as 
Accountable Executive for its delivery although, given the cross-cutting nature of the changes needed, other holders of Senior Manager 
Functions within the Bank were appointed with accountability for delivering different aspects of it.  
 
At its request, regular briefings on progress against the agreed milestones were provided to the Bank Board with extended updates 
provided by the Accountable Executive at its meetings in August, September and October 2022 and February 2023.  
 
One of the Bank’s Independent Non-Executive Directors was appointed as Board Champion for Consumer Duty, although all Board 
members were fully engaged in the project via the regular briefings. The Board Champion interrogated the detailed plan and worked 
with the business to ensure it was robust. The Board then signed off the Consumer Duty implementation plan at its October 2022 
meeting in advance of the due date of the 31st October, 2022. 
 

Strategic report 
 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 28 February 2023 
15 
 
The Board agreed that adherence to the new Consumer Duty rules did not fall to one individual in the Group but to all colleagues and 
that compliance would support both the sustainability of the business and its customer driven culture. The rules would also reinforce 
a culture of fairness and reasonableness with the Group’s colleagues.  
 
During the regular briefings, the Board challenged management on whether they were satisfied that the Group was identifying all 
vulnerable customers properly. Management confirmed that the project would integrate its existing work on customer vulnerability 
into Consumer Duty. ExCo members have been more closely involved in strategic projects, specifically the development of the new 
Everyday Credit Card and Essentials Car insurance. 
 
The Board agreed that compliance with the new Consumer Duty rules would ensure a positive impact on the communities the Group 
serves and would demonstrate greater levels of care for vulnerable customers in society. The Board was also advised that delivery of 
Consumer Duty would encourage greater collaboration and shared values with suppliers to achieve fair value and good outcomes for 
customers, whilst achieving mutually beneficial business models.  
 
Overall, the Board was fully engaged with the development of the plans for compliance with the new Consumer Duty rules, devoting 
extensive time at its meetings to it, challenging management on progress and signing off the plans and approach as necessary.  
 
Key Performance Indicators (KPIs)  
 
 
Financial 
Deliver the financial plan 
 
Underlying FS uPBT – profit before tax before any royalties paid to Argos and one-off 
items that are material and infrequent in nature  
Return on capital employed – underlying FS profit after tax 
divided by average equity 
 
Net Interest Margin – net interest income as 
a percentage of average interest-bearing 
assets 
Cost Income ratio (underlying) – Underlying 
operating expenses as a percentage of total 
income 
Bad Debt Asset ratio – Impairment losses as a 
percentage of the average balance of loans and 
advances to customers 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
58 
64 
FY23
FY22
5.5%
6.0%
FY23
FY22
5.1%
4.5%
FY23
FY22
64%
68%
FY23
FY22
2.1%
1.2%
FY23
FY22

Strategic report 
 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 28 February 2023 
16 
 
 
Customers  
To be the provider of financial services for loyal Sainsbury’s Group 
customers, delivered through simple mobile led customer journeys 
 
Safe and Sound 
Manage the business within Risk Appetite 
 
Active Customer numbers (million) – the number of customers who hold 
an active account (savings / loans / credit card / insurance policy) 
 
 
Tier 1 Capital Ratio – Tier 1 capital as a percentage of risk-
weighted assets 
 
 
 
Net Promoter Score - proportion of customers who have completed a 
transaction classed as ‘promoters’ net of ‘detractors’ when considering the 
likelihood of recommending the Bank to a friend 
 
Liquidity Coverage Ratio (Spot) - Percentage of the stock of high 
liquid assets such as cash to net cash out flow over a 30-day period 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Colleagues  
Continue to focus on an outstanding and engaged team 
 
Happiness Score - measures how 
happy colleagues are working at 
Sainsbury’s Bank. Includes AFS.  
 
Females in Senior Roles – includes senior level 
colleagues and Board members. Includes AFS.  
 
 
Ethnically Diverse colleagues in Senior Roles – includes 
senior level colleagues and Board members. Includes AFS. 
 
 
 
 
 
Our performance, including reference to the above KPIs is further outlined in the business review on page 4 and the financial review 
on page 17. 
1.9
1.8
FY23
FY22
Bank
15.5%
15.6%
FY23
FY22
2.1
2.1
FY23
FY22
AFS
52
52
FY23
FY22
Bank
55
56
FY23
FY22
AFS
291%
190%
FY23
FY22
41%
37%
FY23
FY22
7%
4%
FY23
FY22
71 

Strategic report 
 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 28 February 2023 
17 
 
Financial review  
 
This year we have made an Underlying Profit in Financial Services 
(before royalties paid to Argos) of £58m for the financial year, 
compared to £64m in the prior year.  
 
 
Underlying Income is 18% higher than prior year driven by recovery 
of credit demand, improving yields and continued recovery of 
commission and fee-based income as foreign travel resumed.  
 
Improving our cost to income ratio continues to be a key priority for 
the business. Notwithstanding our continued focus on costs, the improvement this year comes primarily from the recovery in income 
post Covid-19 as volumes return with close management of yields and funding. 
 
Higher Impairments reflect the latest economic outlook assumptions, higher unsecured lending balances and an increase in arrears 
from the low level of the prior year.  
 
As disclosed in J Sainsbury plc’s preliminary results for FY 21/22, a £50m dividend was paid from Sainsbury’s Bank to J Sainsbury plc for 
the first time in April 2022. The Bank remains well capitalised with a Total Capital ratio of 17.9%. 
 
Summary Income Statement and Balance Sheet 
The Group's performance for the year ended 28 February 2023 and financial position at the end of that period are presented in the 
income statement and balance sheet. A summarised income statement and balance sheet are presented below:  
 
Summary income statement 
2023 
2022 
Change 
£m 
£m 
% 
Statutory Income 
447 
359 
25 
Add: AFS Income/ Royalties to Argos 
9 
26 
(65) 
Underlying FS Income 
456 
385 
18 
Statutory Expenses 
(298) 
(280) 
6 
Add: items excluded from underlying results* 
6 
19 
(68) 
Underlying FS Expenses  
(292) 
(261) 
12 
Profit/(Loss) on financial instruments 
2 
4 
(50) 
Add: items excluded from underlying results* 
(1) 
(2) 
(50) 
Underlying FS Profit before Impairments 
165 
126 
31 
Impairment losses on Financial Assets 
(107) 
(62) 
73 
Underlying FS uPBT** 
58 
64 
(9) 
Less AFS Income in Argos 
(11) 
(10) 
10 
Less: Net AFS royalties to Argos 
2 
(16) 
(113) 
Underlying Profit before Taxation 
49 
38 
29 
Less: items excluded from underlying results 
(5) 
(17) 
(71) 
Statutory Profit before Taxation 
44 
21 
110 
* Items of an unusual and infrequent nature that do not relate to the Group’s underlying performance are excluded in presenting underlying profit before tax. 
Further detail on non-underlying items can be found in Note 8. 
** Underlying FS uPBT represents our profit before net royalties paid to Argos 
 
Statutory profit before tax for the year ended 28 February 2023 was £44m compared to £21m in the prior year. This was driven by a 
29% increase in underlying profit, reflective of the ongoing recovery from Covid-19 and a 68% decrease in non-underlying operating 
expenses as the prior year included one-off costs from the final portfolio transition from Lloyds Banking Group under our New Bank 
Programme. 
 
Underlying FS uPBT for the year end 28 February 2023 was £58m compared to £64m in the prior year, with Underlying FS Profit before 
Impairments £165m, 31% higher than prior year. 
 
Total underlying FS income increased by 18% to £456m, with net interest income up 15% due to higher unsecured balances, improving 
yields and a focus on managing the increased cost of funding. Net fee income, up 59%, has shown recovery post Covid-19 within Travel 
Money as demand for foreign travel returns and in Credit Cards due to higher retail spend.  
 
35 
24 
14 
14 
9 
26 
58 
64 
FY23
FY22
Financial Services uPBT £m
AFS (recognised by Argos)
AFS (recognised by Bank)
Bank

Strategic report 
 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 28 February 2023 
18 
 
Underlying FS expenses increased by 12% to £292m largely due to the reopening of the Travel Money business, new business volume 
growth and higher depreciation costs following the delivery of strategic projects (see intangible assets comment below). 
 
Impairment losses increased by 73% reflecting the latest economic outlook assumptions on inflation, unemployment and GDP, as well 
as higher unsecured lending balances (up 10%) and an increase in arrears from the low levels of the prior year. 
 
Summary balance sheet 
2023 
£m 
2022 
£m 
Change 
% 
Unsecured Loans and advances to customers 
4,729 
4,296 
10 
Secured loans and advances to customers 
564 
771 
(27) 
Cash and cash equivalents  
646 
508 
27 
Debt Securities 
741 
443 
67 
Intangible assets 
179 
191 
(6) 
Tangible assets 
9 
9 
- 
Other assets 
341 
318 
7 
Total assets 
7,209 
6,536 
10 
 
 
 
Customer deposits 
4,735 
4,235 
12 
Wholesale funds 
1,212 
1,024 
18 
Subordinated debt 
122 
179 
(32) 
Other liabilities 
274 
220 
25 
Total liabilities 
6,343 
5,658 
12 
 
 
 
Net assets 
866 
878 
(1) 
 
In balance sheet terms, our unsecured loans and advances to customers increased by 10%, notably Loans advances increased by 5% 
and our Credit Card advances by 20% as demand for unsecured credit started to recover. Mortgage balances have reduced 27% over 
the year, with balances ending the year at £564m. 
Cash and cash equivalents increased 27% and debt securities by 67% reflecting our investment of excess deposits in additional high 
quality liquid assets.  
Intangible assets decreased by 6% as our capital investment spend returned to more normal levels. Last year included the addition of 
2 major strategic priorities – the new Monthly Payment Plan product in Argos Financial Services and enhancements to our banking 
platform to offer fully digital onboarding and servicing experience. Further enhancements to both these continued in 2022/23.  
 
To support our growth in consumer lending, we grew customer deposits by 12% whilst carefully managing customer savings rates, the 
average blended rate increasing by 55bps.  
 
Net interest income  
 
Net interest income summary 
2023 
2022 
Change 
£m 
£m 
% 
Interest receivable  
394 
322 
22 
Interest payable 
(74) 
(43) 
72 
Net interest income  
320 
279 
15 
Net interest margin  
5.1% 
4.5% 
0.6 
 
Interest income increased to £394m (22%) due to unsecured credit balance growth, yield management and higher Bank of England 
(BoE) base rate driving higher income from Treasury Assets. Partially offsetting these gains, mortgage balances reduced by 27% in line 
with our plans to run off this portfolio.  
Interest payable increased by £31m (72%) with the higher costs of funding being driven by increases in the BoE base rate and SONIA 
(Sterling Overnight Index Average).  
Consolidated net interest margin increased by 60 basis points to 5.1%, driven by the growth in unsecured lending (up 10%), whilst lower 
margin Mortgage balances fell (down 27%), unsecured yield increases and management of funding costs.  

Strategic report 
 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 28 February 2023 
19 
 
Fee, commission, and other operating income 
 
Fee, commission, and other operating income summary 
2023 
2022 
Change 
 
£m 
£m 
% 
Banking income 
72 
62 
16 
Insurance income 
36 
39 
(8) 
Other Income 
1 
2 
(56) 
Add: Argos Care Warranty Income1 
11 
10 
10 
Total fees and commissions receivable 
120 
113 
6 
 
 
 
Total fees and commissions payable 
(10) 
(29) 
(66) 
Other operating income 
28 
6 
367 
Add: Net AFS Royalties to Argos1 
(2) 
16 
(113) 
Net fees, commission, and other operating income 
136 
106 
28 
 
1. Note for Statutory reporting Argos Care Warranty Income is deduced from Commission Income (as reflected in Argos results) and the net of Argos Royalty 
Payment and Argos Retailer Fees is offset in Fees Payable.  
Banking income increased by 16% largely due to higher Credit Card retail spend (14%) driving higher interchange income along with 
higher ATM transactions (3%)  
Insurance income decreased by 8%, with Car and Home insurance impacted by the new FCA General Insurance Pricing Practices (GIPP) 
regulations introduced in January 22. This created significant market volatility and has adversely impacted new business volumes. 
The 367% increase in other operating income was driven by our Travel Money business as travel restrictions were lifted, foreign travel 
resumed and the full bureaux estate of 225 was re-opened.  
Operating expenses and investment 
 
Operating expenses summary 
2023 
2022 
Change 
 
£m 
£m 
% 
Underlying staff costs1 
94 
85 
11 
Other underlying operating costs  
171 
171 
- 
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment 
2 
3 
(33) 
Amortisation of intangible assets 
31 
21 
48 
Statutory Expenses 
298 
280 
6 
 
 
 
Less: Non-underlying operating expenses 
6 
19 
(68) 
Underlying FS Operating Expenses 
292 
261 
12 
 
1. Note that underlying staff costs includes payroll costs only. All other staff related costs (recruitment, training and travel costs) are included in underlying 
operating costs. 
 
Underlying FS operating expenses of £292m increased by 12% due to a number of factors, including the re-opening of the full Travel 
Money bureaux estate, new business volume growth and colleague pay increases. We also saw amortisation rise following the 
delivery of strategic projects, such as enhancements made to our banking platform to offer fully digital onboarding and servicing 
experience and the new monthly payment plan product in Argos Financial Services.  
  
Non-underlying operating expenses reduced by 68% to £6m as prior year included costs relating to the migration of the Loans Back 
Book, being the final remaining portfolio that sat on our legacy partner’s systems. This year’s cost largely relates to a provision made 
for liabilities relating to our historic New Bank Programme transition (£3m) as well as costs relating to Strategic Initiatives (£3m). 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Strategic report 
 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 28 February 2023 
20 
 
Impairment losses on financial assets 
 
Impairment losses summary 
2023 
2022 
Change 
£m 
£m 
% 
Impairment losses on financial assets 
107 
62 
73 
Bad debt asset ratio 
2.1% 
1.2% 
9 
 
Higher Impairments reflect both the latest economic outlook assumptions on inflation, unemployment and GDP, as well as higher 
unsecured lending balances and the normalisation of low arrears levels in the prior year.  Additionally, in line with our strategy of 
deepening relationships with Sainsburys Group customers, we have tested a looser credit stance on a limited tranche of personal loans 
new business over the period November 2021 to September 2022.  In the year ended 28 February 2023 this represented 9% of new 
business lending.  We are currently monitoring the performance of this cohort to assess overall results as the tranche matures. 
 
Bad debt expense as a percentage of lending increased 90bps year on year to 2.1%, reflecting the above as well as the higher proportion 
of unsecured lending balances as the mortgage book runs down. 
 
The Bank remains well capitalised with a CET1 ratio of 15.5%, a slight decrease from 15.6% last year as Risk Weighted Assets (RWA) 
have increased in line with higher lending balances. Additionally, the Bank continues to have excess liquidity with a LCR of 291%. This 
has risen from the 190% position in February 2022 reflecting investment of our excess deposits in additional high quality liquid assets. 
On a profit before impairment basis, the Group has returned to pre Covid-19 levels despite reduced customer lending balances and a 
challenging economic environment. Throughout the last few years, we have maintained strong capital and liquidity positions, which 
we can now deploy to continue to grow balances and revenues in a safe and controlled manner.  
 
 

Strategic report 
 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 28 February 2023 
21 
 
Risk overview 
Introduction  
An effective Enterprise-Wide Risk Management Framework (EWRMF) is a core component of our strategy and operations. We adopt a 
holistic, end-to-end view of risk, ensuring that the material risks arising from our key processes and activities are effectively identified, 
assessed, managed and controlled to make well informed decisions. This is supported and implemented via a three lines of defence 
model. This framework covers the Bank and its subsidiaries. The Chief Risk Officer performs a strategic risk management role and is 
responsible for managing and enhancing the enterprise-wide risk management framework. 
 
Our approach to EWRMF includes the following key steps: 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sets a clear 
understanding of risks 
relevant to the Bank 
and our approach to 
managing them 
 
 
Sets the level of risk 
we are willing to 
accept to achieve our 
strategic goals 
 
Details the specific 
requirements to 
support effective risk 
management 
 
Identifies key 
processes and 
ensures operational 
effectiveness of 
controls 
 
Ensures that risks 
are identified, 
monitored, 
escalated and 
treated effectively 
 
Designs, tests and 
enhances 
resilience to 
volatility under 
stress scenarios 
 
Risk Strategy and Culture 
Our risk strategy and culture are a critical factor within the EWRMF which outlines the shared set of values and behaviours that defines 
how all colleagues approach and take ownership for the management of risks within the Bank. This approach is underpinned by the 
Senior Managers and Certification Regime introduced by the FCA in 2016. The following key aims and principles define our risk strategy 
and culture. 
 
Aims (what) 
Insightful 
Customer-Focused 
Alert 
Resilient 
Engaged 
Principles (how) 
We identify and 
manage risk 
concentrations 
Good customer 
outcomes are at the 
heart of what we do 
We anticipate 
market trends; we 
don’t follow them 
We fund before we 
lend, and we 
control before we 
grow 
Material risks are 
identified, and key 
controls are tested 
and reported 
 
Risk Appetite 
The principal financial and non-financial risks identified within the EWRMF each have qualitative risk appetite statements that informs 
our strategy for managing risk. From these statements specific quantitative metrics are established which articulate how much risk 
the Group is to take in the pursuit of our strategic objectives. These metrics are reviewed and approved on an annual basis by Board. 
 
The Group’s risk appetite reporting structure includes: 
 
• 
A ‘High-Level’ Risk Appetite Statement (RAS) that provides a concise set of key Group-wide targets and limits, with a balance of 
current, forward-looking and stress-based metrics for financial and non-financial risks.  
• 
‘Directional’ RAS limits for each of the Group’s key risk types (e.g. retail credit risk, operational risk). These Directional limits are 
designed to give early indications of changes in the internal and external risk environment, providing an outlook on whether 
we remain on-track to meet our ‘high-level’ risk appetite targets. 
 
Performance against both the ‘High-level’ and ‘Directional’ RAS measures are monitored and reported to our Executive Risk Committee 
(ERC) monthly, and at each Board Risk Committee (BRC). Additionally, escalation processes are clearly embedded in the enterprise-
wide risk management policy framework to notify Senior Executives and Board members of any high-level RAS measure operating 
outside of approved thresholds, including recommendations to reduce exposures back within appetite levels. 
 
 
Risk Strategy 
and Culture 
Bank Strategy 
Informed 
Decisions 
Risk Appetite 
 
Risk Policies 
 
Evidence of 
Control 
Risk 
Reporting 
Resilience & 
Stress Testing 

Strategic report 
 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 28 February 2023 
22 
 
Risk Policies 
We have identified a set of principal risk types to which our business model is inherently exposed (see separate section below). Each 
risk type has a principal risk owner that actively manages and oversees the risks in the Group in line with associated policy and 
supporting policy standards. These policies clearly articulate the objectives and requirements to be met to ensure that that these risks 
are managed effectively on a day-to-day basis, in-line with risk appetite.  
 
Evidence of Control 
We use Process Risks and Control Assessments (PRCAs) to provide a process-centric approach to identify, measure and control our key 
risks, which is underpinned by a robust evidence-based assessment of the control environment. Each material risk is assessed based 
on its inherent and residual risk exposure in the prevailing control environment and its target exposure if different from current residual 
levels. Where it is identified that controls need to be strengthened, treatment plans are put in place and actioned to mitigate the risk. 
This process, whilst in operation, is one which continues to be refined and matured to ensure the organisation’s control environment is 
operating within our risk appetite.  
 
Our Business Enterprise Risk Tool (BERT) is used to record and manage our key processes, the controls we have in place, any treatment 
plans to improve our control environment and to record our management of risk events. All required colleagues have access to BERT 
enabling them to view risk data against their own processes as well as across the organisation. 
 
We continually look to improve our controls in line with industry best practice and the environment in which we operate. 
 
Risk Reporting 
Our risk reporting processes are critical to understanding the specific and aggregate levels of risk to which we are exposed and the 
effectiveness of our controls to manage these risks. We promote insightful reporting at all levels to encourage debate on what matters 
most, and to ensure effective action is being taken at an appropriate level to address any current or emerging areas of concern.  
 
Resilience plans and stress testing 
Financial and Operational Resilience are key areas of focus. Our capital and liquidity adequacy are assessed on at least an annual basis 
through the Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment process (ICAAP) and the Internal Liquidity Adequacy Assessment process (ILAAP). 
Business recovery plans for severe incidents are reviewed on a regular basis, while our Recovery and Resolution Plans review and test 
our playbooks and recovery capacity in response to extreme but plausible threats to our viability. The Group also undertakes self-
assessment of its Operational Resilience Framework on an annual basis which is approved by the Board.  
 
Risk Management Structure  
 
We adopt a Three Lines of Defence framework to provide a basis for the identification and management of all risks associated with our 
business model and strategy which ensures there is effective oversight and challenge in place.  
 
Our Three Lines of Defence framework is deployed on the following basis: 
 
• 
First Line. Primary responsibility for the identification, management, monitoring and control of risks rests with our commercial 
and operational teams. The First Line teams, as subject matter experts, own the processes and controls used to manage risks 
within risk appetite complying with requirements detailed within risks policies and policy standards. 
• 
Second Line. The independent Risk Management Division is responsible for setting risk frameworks, policies, guidance and 
oversight within which the First Line can manage its risks.  
• 
Third Line. Our Internal Audit Division provides independent assurance on the effectiveness of risk management and internal 
control processes in mitigating and reporting risks. 
 
Emerging Risks 
We regularly monitor emerging and evolving changes in the risk environment in order to promote early discussion to understand and 
address any threats or opportunities to our business model. We consider specific emerging threats and opportunities under the 
following broad themes: 
 
• 
Strategic. Reflects both our business model and the markets in which we operate. For example, regular consideration is given 
to changes in the competitive market resulting from new entrants or mergers and acquisitions (M&A) activity, and any resultant 
impact on margins.  

Strategic report 
 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 28 February 2023 
23 
 
• 
Operational. Reflects changes in technology, the impact of internal processes or emerging external best practices. For example, 
we continually review the evolving nature of cyber-crime and its impact on the Group in terms of financial losses and 
operational costs to protect our customers.  
• 
Geo-Political and Economic. Reflects the impact of macroeconomic conditions and government policy on our markets. For 
example, we continue to reflect on UK market conditions arising from the Russia/Ukraine conflict and the impact changes in 
interest rates, inflation, the employment market or house prices may have on the availability and demand for our products 
given the cost-of-living pressures.  
• 
Regulatory and Conduct. Reflects continued developments within the financial services sector including PRA and FCA 
consultations and changes to Basel regulations.  
 
As more information is known about an emerging risk relevant to SBAFS it will be subject to a full risk assessment. Actions will then be 
taken to manage and control the risk, unless it is assessed as not relevant or not material to the Group. 
 
Cost of living – Sustained pressures on the cost of living, mostly driven by higher energy and food prices, rising interest rates and 
changes to taxes and benefits is straining customer’s household incomes and their ability to spend thereby impacting economic growth 
prospects. Customer impacts are closely monitored with support offered as required. The Group also undertakes stress testing 
scenarios to ensure it has enough capital and liquidity to operate over a range of economic outcomes including higher inflation. 
 
Russia/Ukraine conflict - The impact of increasing geopolitical risks, via Russia and Ukraine, further exacerbates potential downside 
economic risks in energy and commodity shortages, impacting the economic environment. 
 
Cyber Security – The Russia/Ukraine conflict is also raising our inherent Information Security Risk, with heightened monitoring in 
place for the detection of ransomware attacks. We also see data protection risks increasing as a function of cyber threats which may 
feed through into higher conduct and fraud risk (anti money laundering and sanctions risks) if we were to witness non-compliant use 
of data. 
 
Banking Sector volatility – Following the recent bank failures in the US and Europe the Group has been actively tracking 
developments and possible impacts to the Group if we were to experience a broader financial crisis, albeit it is noted that the regulatory 
response has been strong to date. The Group’s initial focus has been on the risks to the Treasury portfolio, which are held primarily for 
liquidity management purposes, consisting of floating rate assets with no exposures or limits to those impacted banks. The credit 
quality of the portfolio remains low risk, concentrated in AA-/Aa3 or higher counterparties, suggesting a very low probability of default. 
 
Climate Change potentially exposes the Group to direct and indirect financial risks. In line with PRA guidance (SS3/19), we have 
developed a strategy to identify, assess and manage our exposure across the key areas of governance, risk management, scenario 
analysis and disclosure. A framework has been established to ensure appropriate visibility of the risks arising from climate change and 
our ICAAP includes an assessment of the impact of financial risks from climate change, including the impact of extreme weather on 
our ability to serve our customers. 
 
We have assessed climate related risk factors across credit, market and operational risk and have also considered reputational risk. To 
date none of the assessed risks has resulted in a material financial impact, however we continually monitor the outlook and amend 
our responses and risk appetite accordingly. 
 
Area 
Assessment 
Impact to date 
Outlook 
Market risk 
Increased sovereign risk could result 
in a downgrade to national or local 
government’s credit rating, thereby 
impacting the value of securities held 
on the Group’s balance sheet. Climate 
change impacts on carbon-intensive 
sectors could also have implications 
for a broad range of prices related to 
energy and commodities, such as 
corporate 
bonds, 
equities, 
and 
certain derivatives contracts. These 
factors could result in knock-on 
impacts to wholesale funding. 
The Group’s wholesale funding portfolio has not 
been impacted by the financial risks from 
climate change to date. The majority of 
sovereign assets held by the Group are UK 
based, and the UK has been active in 
recognising the upcoming risks of climate 
change. While a small number of companies to 
date have been impacted by price changes and 
asset revaluations related to climate change, 
this has not impacted any of the assets held as 
part of the wholesale funding portfolio.  
 
In April 2021 the Group performed a high-level 
review of the wholesale credit portfolio to 
assess the potential climate risks each of our 
approved counterparties could be exposed to, 
Sovereign assets held by the Group are largely 
UK exposures, and this is unlikely to change 
materially over the next 12 months. Any 
changes in valuation to the other investment 
assets held as a result of climate change 
impacts are likely to be minimal. 

Strategic report 
 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 28 February 2023 
24 
 
Area 
Assessment 
Impact to date 
Outlook 
finding that the majority of our counterparties 
are actively assessing the impact of climate 
change on their business. The Group continues 
to monitor this as part of its wholesale credit 
risk review processes. 
 
In June 2021 the Wholesale Credit Risk Policy 
was updated to include the statement ‘The 
Bank will not directly finance companies or 
organisations whose main activities actively 
contribute to climate change.’ 
Credit risk 
If damages from physical risks are 
not insured, extreme weather events 
can create significant losses for 
homeowners, reducing their ability to 
pay their mortgage and reducing the 
value of the property.  
 
This may also have a knock-on 
impact on the ability of customers to 
repay unsecured lending products. 
Increased severe weather conditions 
could also start to negatively impact 
the 
wider 
economy 
through 
sustained 
damage 
to 
national 
infrastructure and weakening factors 
such as employment, economic 
growth and inflation. 
The Group does not currently monitor any 
changes to the probability of default or loss 
given default that arise as a result of physical or 
transitional climate risk; this has been deemed 
reasonable 
given 
our 
lending 
book 
is 
predominantly unsecured. 
 
 
As the mortgage book is declining, the potential 
increased credit risks as a result of climate 
change lie mainly within the unsecured book.  
 
The Group does not expect to be materially 
exposed to credit risks as a result of climate 
change over the next 5 years. We will however 
continue to review our assessments based on 
ongoing developments in the banking industry 
to ensure any potential increase in climate 
related credit risk can be identified if and when 
it arises. 
Operational 
risk 
Business continuity is likely to be 
impacted by severe weather events, 
including 
infrastructure, 
staff, 
processes and offices.  
 
We have seen immaterial impacts to date with 
occasional temporary closure of office sites and 
Travel Money bureaux as a result of severe 
weather events. 
Given the infrequent nature of these events it 
has been assessed as unlikely that the Group is 
at risk from material operational losses as a 
result of the operational risks arising from 
climate change over the period of our medium-
term financial forecasts, however the impact 
will continue to be monitored.  
Annual supplier review and onboarding 
processes are being updated to ask suppliers to 
consider climate risk and environmental 
sustainability, however the recent widespread 
shift to home working for many workplaces will 
reduce the impact of office closures in the 
future. 
Reputational 
risk 
The reputation of banks could be 
impacted if market sentiment starts 
to focus in on the banking sector’s 
response to climate risks.  
Our response to climate change is outlined in 
our environmental strategy on page 8. 
 
Given the increasing regulatory focus coupled 
with increasing activity within large UK banks 
to set net zero targets and communicate 
ambitions to support a green economy, it is 
expected that customers will be increasingly 
interested in our actions to address climate 
risks. The actions of the ESG taskforce will help 
to mitigate potential future reputational risks. 
 
Governmental and societal responses to climate change risks are still developing, and are interdependent upon each other, and 
consequently financial statements cannot capture all possible future outcomes as these are not yet known. 
 
 

Strategic report 
 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 28 February 2023 
25 
 
Principal Risks 
 
 
Credit Risk 
Operational Risk 
Supplier Risk 
Financial Crime Risk 
What is It? 
The risk that a retail customer 
fails 
to 
maintain 
their 
contractual obligations and 
repay their borrowing on time. 
Losses or disruption resulting 
from inadequate or failed 
processes, 
people 
and 
systems or from external 
events. 
The risk that key services and 
processes outsourced to 3rd party 
suppliers impair the quality of 
internal control within the Group. 
Our products are used to facilitate 
Financial Crime and/or our processes, 
systems 
or 
controls 
are 
non-
compliant. 
How May it 
Arise? 
Changes in the economic 
conditions in the UK may 
impact on the ability of our 
customers to repay their loans 
leading to an increase in levels 
of bad debt. 
Inadequate 
processes 
or 
internal controls may result 
in poor customer outcomes, 
service 
disruption, 
reputational damage and/or 
financial losses. 
Inadequate processes or internal 
controls 
of 
the 
third-party 
supplier may result in poor 
customer 
outcomes, 
service 
disruption, reputational damage 
and/or financial losses for the 
Group. This can also manifest 
through lack of appropriate review 
and diligence of the third party by 
the Group. 
Failure to protect our customers may 
lead to financial loss, inconvenience to 
our customers and result in regulatory 
censure and loss of confidence in the 
Group. 
How Do We 
Manage 
The Risk? 
• We 
lend 
responsibly, 
considering the suitability of 
the product to meet our 
customers’ needs and their 
ability to repay any debt. 
• We have policies to support 
vulnerable customers and 
those 
in 
financial 
difficulties. 
• Credit decisioning based on 
information from a number 
of credit related sources.  
• Regular stress testing is 
undertaken using a variety 
of plausible stress scenarios. 
• A process-centric approach 
to 
risk 
& 
control 
assessment, designed to 
focus on what matters 
most. 
• A clear operating model to 
embed 
consistency 
and 
boost capability across the 
Group. 
• Aggregated reporting and 
insight on our risk profile to 
ensure the highest priority 
items are escalated.  
• Monthly review of our Top 
Risks with a rolling agenda 
of deep-dives. 
The management of supplier risk 
takes place at two key times, 
which are reviewed and approved 
by the accountable Executive: 
• During the selection of a new 
supplier, 
with 
a 
robust 
assessment of the high-level 
process steps associated with 
the service provisions, the key 
failure points which could 
occur in the process, and an 
understanding of the key 
controls 
and 
appropriate 
provision of MI that evidences 
the effective operation of these 
key controls.  
• On an ongoing basis as part of 
the Group’s operational risk 
management framework via 
the PRCA process as well as 
part of the regular monitoring 
of 
supplier 
performance 
(including the use of scorecards 
and other governance activity 
per 
the 
supply 
chain 
framework). 
• Prevention and detection processes, 
systems and controls in place. 
• Proactive engagement with industry, 
sharing intelligence. 
• Robust horizon scanning to identify, 
and impact assess emerging threats. 
• Money Laundering Reporting Officer 
provides regular reports on financial 
crime controls to Executive and 
Board committees. 
Changes in 
2022/23 
• Credit tightening due to 
economic conditions. 
• Investment in collections 
and recoveries. 
 
The 
Group 
has 
further 
reduced its residual risk 
exposure across some of its 
top risks by implementing 
specific treatment plans over 
the course of the year 
• Detailed analysis undertaken to 
assess the Group's supplier 
concentration risk in line with 
regulatory 
guidance 
SS2/21 
(outsourcing and third-party risk 
management). 
• All new contracts now ensure 
compliance with SS2/21, and 
historic agreements have all 
been 
remedied, 
with 
the 
exception 
of 
4 
which 
are 
currently subject to remediation 
plans. 
Annual review and refresh of key PRCA 
controls as well as an update to 
associated financial crime related risk 
metrics reflecting the current threat 
landscape. 
 
 
 
 

Strategic report 
 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 28 February 2023 
26 
 
Principal Risks (continued) 
 
 
Conduct and Compliance Risks 
Capital Adequacy Risk 
Liquidity, Funding and Market Risks 
What is It? 
The risk that our culture, behaviour or 
actions may lead to a failure to comply with 
regulators, or cause harm or detriment to 
customers or the markets. 
Holding insufficient capital to absorb 
losses in normal and stressed conditions 
or the ineffective use of capital. 
The risk we are unable to meet our 
obligations as they fall due or are 
adversely hit by market rate or price 
movements. 
How May it Arise? 
Failure to comply with regulation and 
legislation and failure to assess and 
understand the needs of our customers or 
to provide them with the level of product or 
service required at all stages of the 
customer 
journey, 
resulting 
in 
poor 
customer outcomes. 
Changes in economic conditions or 
regulatory requirements may impact on 
the level of capital resources required.  
Loss of confidence in the Group leading 
to a material outflow of deposits and/or 
difficulties 
in 
accessing 
wholesale 
funding. Sudden changes or volatility in 
market values. 
How Do We Manage 
the Risk? 
• Standards communicated through ten 
Policy Standards.  
• Processes and controls in place with clear 
reporting and escalation procedures. 
• Independent conduct and compliance 
oversight using a robust methodology. 
• Horizon scanning of emerging threats or 
regulatory changes. 
• Regular, open engagement with our 
regulators. 
• Continuous monitoring of control testing 
outcomes through PRCA oversight and 
risk based assurance activity. 
• Target risk appetite range for level of 
capital held. 
• Monitoring of capital position, with 
triggers in place for escalation. 
• Capital adequacy target built into our 
planning processes.  
• Projected capital position updated for 
any strategic or external changes. 
• The annual ICAAP determines the 
adequacy of the level and type of 
capital resources held. 
• Risk appetite limits set.  
• Daily monitoring and reporting of key 
metrics. 
• Liquidity and funding targets built into 
planning process.  
• Liquidity Contingency Plan for action 
under stress. 
• Hedging strategies used to reduce 
exposures to earnings volatility.  
• The annual ILAAP determines the 
adequacy of liquidity and funding 
resources held. 
Changes in 2022/23 
• Embedding and ongoing enhancements 
to Conduct MI reporting and framework. 
• Ongoing enhancements to Conduct and 
Compliance 
policy 
statements 
to 
communicate the standard expected 
across the end to end business. 
• Participation in several FCA surveys and 
multi firm work.  
• External assurance of specific elements of 
the framework, including Customers With 
Vulnerable Characteristics policy and 
training materials. 
• Extensive planning and activity underway 
to implement new Consumer Duty 
requirements. 
• Updated 
Stress 
testing 
scenario 
analysis undertaken in line with BoE 
guidelines, assessing the 
Group’s 
resilience to the effects on capital 
adequacy from an economic downturn. 
 
• A review and update of the Group’s key 
behavioural assumptions used as part 
of the interest rate risk management 
process. 
• A review and update on the Group’s 
liquidity stress testing framework. 
 
Governance  
 
The diagram below shows the Governance structure in place for Sainsbury’s Bank as at 28 February 2023: 
 
 
 

Strategic report 
 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 28 February 2023 
27 
 
 
Board-level Governance  
The Board is the key governance body, meeting at least nine times a year, holding overall accountability for the decisions made and 
outcomes achieved by the Bank, subject to specific reserved matters that require the consent of J Sainsbury plc. Details of the Board 
composition may be found below. The Directors of the subsidiary entities hold Board meetings to cover statutory matters however the 
key decision making is covered within the Bank Board. 
 
Relationship with J Sainsbury Plc 
The Bank is a wholly owned subsidiary of J Sainsbury plc, a listed retailer. J Sainsbury plc currently has one Director on the Bank Board 
acting in the capacity of a Non-Executive Director. The J Sainsbury plc appointed director has equal rights and powers as the other 
directors. J Sainsbury plc is not involved in the day-to-day management of the Group. However, J Sainsbury plc has certain reserved 
powers and decisions which fall within those powers must be referred to them by the Bank Board for their consent before being 
confirmed as fully approved. Primarily, these reserved matters relate to significant change in the size and scale of the Group’s 
operations, changes in its capital structure including any increases or decreases to capital, significant contracts or legal disputes, 
changes to Directors or Officers of the Bank and share schemes. 
 
Board Composition 
Chair 
The Bank has a separate Chair (an Independent Non-Executive Director) and Chief Executive (an Executive Director) to ensure that the 
balance of responsibilities, accountabilities and decision making are effectively maintained. The Chair plays a key role in creating the 
conditions for overall Board and individual director effectiveness. 
 
Balance and Diversity 
Recruitment on to the Bank Board combines an assessment of both technical capability and competency skills to ensure the optimum 
blend of individual and aggregate expertise having regards to the Bank’s long term strategic plan. Such recruitment is subject to the 
approval of the Nominations Committee, the Bank Board, J Sainsbury plc (as the decision falls within reserved matters) and the relevant 
regulatory bodies (where applicable). 
 
Independent Non-Executive Directors bring their experience to bear from across various sectors, notably Financial Services but also 
from across Retail, Digital and E-Commerce. These are key areas of focus for the Bank and aligned to its strategy. Directors update 
their skills, knowledge and familiarity with the Bank by meeting senior management, a programme of developmental training (from 
both internal and external speakers) and by attending appropriate external seminars. There is an induction programme for all new 
Directors which is tailored to their specific needs and which provides access to all parts of the business. 
Chief Executive 
Officer
Chief 
Customer 
Officer - Bank
Customer 
Divisional Risk 
& Conduct 
Committee
Chief Risk 
Officer
Risk Divisional 
Management 
Committee
Retail Credit 
Risk 
Committee
Chief 
Financial 
Officer
Divisional Risk 
Committee
Finance 
Committee
Asset & 
Liability 
Committee
Supply Chain 
Oversight 
Committee
Chief 
Operating 
Officer
Divisional Risk 
Committee
Director of HR
Divisional Risk 
Committee
Conduct & 
Compliance 
Director
Chief 
Customer 
Officer - AFS
AFS Conduct 
& Commercial 
Committee
Internal Audit 
Director
Divisional Risk 
Committee
Executive 
Committee
Executive Risk 
Committee

Strategic report 
 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 28 February 2023 
28 
 
The Independent Non-Executive Directors are wholly independent in that they have no material business or relationships with the 
company that might influence their independence or judgement. In addition, certain governance responsibilities are delegated to 
other Board Committees (Audit Committee, Board Risk Committee, Remuneration Committee and Nominations Committee). 
Membership of these committees is entirely made up of Non-Executive Directors of the Bank with members of the Bank’s Executive 
team and other senior colleagues in attendance. These committees support effective decision making and independent challenge. 
 
Size and Structure 
The structure of the Bank Board seeks to ensure the right leadership is in place to become an agile, capital and cost-efficient provider 
of simple, mobile-led financial services to Sainsbury’s and Argos customers. 
 
The Bank Board is comprised of an Independent Chair, four other Independent Non-Executive Directors, one Non-Executive Director 
nominated by J Sainsbury plc and two Executive Directors – the Bank’s Chief Executive Officer and its Chief Financial Officer. A 
biography for each Board Director can be found on the J Sainsbury plc corporate website: www.about.sainsburys.co.uk/about-us/our-
management#sainsburys-bank 
 
The Directors have equal voting rights when making decisions, except the Chair, who has a casting vote at the Bank Board. All Directors 
have access to the advice and services of the Company Secretary and may, if they wish, take professional advice at the company’s 
expense. Directors’ duties are exercised through the Board and its sub-committees per the Governance structure on Page 26. Each of 
these is chaired by one of the Independent Non-Executive Directors. 
 
Director Responsibilities 
Accountability 
Each Board Director has a clear understanding of their accountability and responsibilities via the Individual Accountability 
Regime. Whilst Board oversight is always maintained, key decisions are made by the individuals and committees with the most 
appropriate knowledge and experience. 
 
The Board had a programme of nine main meetings in 2022/23. Additional Board meetings were convened to consider certain matters 
where it was not felt appropriate to defer until the next full meeting. Governance requirements (including quorum adherence) were 
applied as if these additional meetings were full Board meetings. A programme of nine main meetings is planned for 2023/24. 
 
One of the Board meetings is usually set aside each year for strategic planning with the Executive Committee and key stakeholders 
from across the Bank, AFS and J Sainsbury plc as appropriate. As part of their annual review, the Bank Chair undertakes a Fit and Proper 
Assessment and Attestation with each Board Director. The Senior Independent Non-Executive Director undertakes the same for the 
Bank Chair. 
 
Integrity of information 
The Board receives regular and timely information at its meeting on all key aspects of the business supported by a range of Key 
Performance Indicators (KPIs). The Bank’s various functions prepare and maintain the integrity of this information in accordance with 
the Bank’s risk management framework. 
 
Conflicts of Interest 
Any potential conflicts of interest are identified and considered as part of the recruitment process for on-boarding new Directors on to 
the Bank Board. Where there are any concerns raised, they are considered by the Bank’s Nominations Committee and again at the 
Board meeting when the recommendation is brought for approval. 
 
Once in situ, should a Director be offered the opportunity to take up a position (Executive or Non-Executive), whilst retaining their role 
on the Bank Board, they are required to inform the Bank Chair and the Board would then be asked to confirm that no conflicts of interest 
existed or were perceived to exist before accepting the additional role. Where there are any potential conflicts, appropriate safeguards 
would be implemented. 
 
Committees 
A number of Board functions are delegated to four key sub-committees. The role and scope of authority for each sub-committee is 
fully outlined in a documented Terms of Reference: 
• 
Audit Committee. The Audit Committee’s key responsibility is to advise the Board on the Bank’s financial statements, 
including systems and controls and related policy issues together with relationships with external auditors. The Audit 

Strategic report 
 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 28 February 2023 
29 
 
Committee also reviews and challenges where necessary management’s response to any major External or Internal Audit 
recommendations. The Committee is responsible for reviewing and approving the internal audit plan and budget, and for 
ensuring that the function is adequately resourced. The Audit Committee meets at least four times a year. Additionally, the 
Audit Committee will meet with the External Auditors and Sainsbury’s Bank Internal Audit Director without Executive 
Management being present.  
• 
Nominations Committee. The Nominations Committee is responsible for reviewing the structure, size and composition of 
the Board. The Committee is also responsible for the succession planning of the Board and the Executive Management Team 
and for ensuring a formal, rigorous and transparent process for recommending appointments to the Board to the Bank’s 
shareholder. The Bank recognises the benefits of achieving a diverse Board and Executive Management Team to reflect the 
environment in which it operates. The Nominations Committee will meet as required. 
• 
Remuneration Committee. The role of the Remuneration Committee (RemCo) is to determine and agree with the Board the 
broad policy for remuneration and for compliance with the Remuneration Code (the Code) to the extent that the provisions 
apply to the Bank. RemCo is responsible for recommending, monitoring and noting the level and structure of remuneration 
for senior management (categorised as 'Code Staff' for the purposes of the Code) and senior risk management and compliance 
colleagues and it continually reviews and assesses the impact of remuneration policies on the risk profile of the Bank and 
employee behaviour. RemCo also has oversight over appointment and severance terms for relevant employees. The 
Remuneration Committee meets at least four times per year. 
• 
Board Risk Committee. The Board Risk Committee (BRC) provides the Board with a forward-looking view to anticipate future 
risks together with the monitoring and oversight over existing risks within the Risk Appetite set by the Board. It is responsible 
for reviewing and reporting its conclusions to the Board on the Bank's risk appetite and the Bank's risk management 
framework. The Board Risk Committee meets at least five times a year. 
 
Strategy and risk management 
The Board is responsible for the overall strategy and performance of the business and its management of risk. It undertakes a deep-
dive review of the Group’s strategy on at least an annual basis, taking due account of changes in the operating environment and 
emerging risks and opportunities. This includes a review of long-term strategic opportunities, building upon the Group’s purpose and 
advantages from being part of the wider Sainsbury’s Group.  
 
Responsibilities 
In line with the provisions of the Senior Manager & Certification Regime (SMCR), the Group has allocated the Senior Manager Functions 
and prescribed responsibilities in so far as they apply to Sainsbury’s Bank plc and its AFS subsidiaries. A Management Responsibility 
Map (MRM) is in place to provide a description of the Group’s management and governance arrangements including the reporting lines 
and details of the individuals who are part of those arrangements and their prescribed responsibilities. The MRM is owned by the Board. 
 
Risks are identified and managed via the process-centric approach described in the Risk Overview on page 21. 
 
Remuneration 
Setting Remuneration 
The Board-level Remuneration Committee (RemCo) recommends to the Board the remuneration strategy for the Executive Directors, 
Chair, Senior Management and Material Risk Takers. Within this framework, its remuneration policy is aligned to the long-term success 
of the Group as well as promoting effective risk management and compliance with applicable statutory and regulatory requirements. 
RemCo also has oversight over appointment and severance terms for relevant employees.  
 
Policies 
A review is carried out annually (with input from external advisors) to ensure that the remuneration policy and practices are industry 
competitive and in line with the size and complexity of the business and compliant with all applicable legal and regulatory 
requirements. The policy also sets out the approach which ensures that reward decisions are objective, fair and inclusive.  
 
The Directors’ positions and remuneration status are set out in the Directors’ Report (page 31).  
 
 
 

Strategic report 
 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 28 February 2023 
30 
 
Executive-level Governance 
The Board delegates the appropriate responsibility, authority and accountability to the Chief Executive Officer (CEO) to deliver the 
Group's strategy through the appropriate governance committees and the Executive Committee. The CEO chairs the Executive 
Committee (ExCo) and is supported by a number of other executive-level committees to provide the appropriate checks, balances and 
transparency on decision making.  
 
Each committee has a documented Terms of Reference, with delegated authority to the Chair who is the appropriate identified 
accountable individual in line with their Statement of Responsibilities under FCA and PRA rules (Senior Manager Regime). 
 
CEO Executive Committee: 
• 
Executive Committee (ExCo). The role of the Committee is to advise and assist the CEO in overseeing the Group’s activities, 
performance and making significant decisions relating to the executive management of the Group. ExCo meets on a monthly 
basis. 
 
Chief Risk Officer (CRO) Executive Committees: 
• 
Executive Risk Committee (ERC). The ERC is responsible for ensuring that the Enterprise Wide Risk Management Framework 
(EWRMF) is effective in ensuring that risks are adequately and consistently managed within risk appetite. In doing so the ERC 
ensures that appropriate policies and methodologies are in place to manage the Group’s Primary Risk types. The ERC meets 
ten times a year. 
• 
Retail Credit Risk Committee (RCRC). The RCRC is responsible for monitoring the performance of the retail lending book, 
ensuring there is an effective credit risk management framework and that the Group is operating within its credit risk 
appetite. The RCRC meets on a monthly basis.  
 
CFO Executive Committees: 
• 
Asset and Liability Committee (ALCo). ALCo is responsible for ensuring the Group’s balance sheet is managed effectively 
and within risk appetite. Its main areas of responsibility are market risk, wholesale credit risk, interest rate risk, liquidity & 
funding risk and capital adequacy. ALCo meets on a monthly basis. 
• 
Finance Committee. The role of the committee is to ensure there are effective levels of governance in place across the 
Group’s finance function so that significant decisions are fully informed, transparent, recorded and reported and in line with 
risk appetite and relevant governance structures. The Finance Committee meets at least 6 times per year. 
• 
Supply Chain Oversight Committee. The role of the committee is to ensure there is an effective group-wide supply chain 
performance and risk management framework that manages outsourcing, oversees delivery and makes decisions to ensure 
the Group is able to robustly manage and oversee its suppliers. The Supply Chain Committee meets monthly.  
 
Divisional Risk Committees 
Each division across the Group has its own Divisional Risk Committee (DRC) chaired by the relevant ExCo member. The role of the DRC 
is to ensure the effectiveness of the EWRMF within the Division, so that risks are effectively and consistently managed within the overall 
approved risk appetite. Each DRC provides input on material risks which may affect the Group to the Executive Risk Committee.  
 
Pillar 3 report 
Further information on the risks and controls can be found in the Bank’s Pillar 3 Disclosure Report for the year ended 28 February 2023. 
This 
report 
is 
published 
in 
the 
investor 
relations 
section 
of 
the 
J 
Sainsbury 
plc 
corporate 
website: 
https://about.sainsburys.co.uk/investors/results-reports-and-presentations#2023  
 
By order of the Board  
 
 
 
Donald McNaughton 
 
Company Secretary  
26 April 2023 

Directors’ report 
 
 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 28 February 2023 
31
 
Directors’ Report 
The Directors have the pleasure in submitting their annual report and the financial statements of Sainsbury’s Bank plc (“the Bank”) for 
the year ended 28 February 2023. 
Board of Directors 
The Board comprises two executive Directors and six non-executive Directors. The position of members who served during the year is 
described in the following table: 
 
Name 
Position 
Remunerating entity 
Appointment/ resignation 
date 
Lesley Jones 
Chair (Independent Non-Executive) 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc 
Carole Butler 
Senior Independent Non-Executive* 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc 
Peter Clarke 
Senior Independent Non-Executive 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc 
Resigned 31/08/2022 
Michael Ross 
Independent Non-Executive 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc 
Guy Thomas 
Independent Non-Executive 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc 
Rosanne Murison 
Independent Non-Executive 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc 
Appointed 31/08/2022 
Clodagh Moriarty 
Non-Executive 
J Sainsbury plc 
James Brown 
Chief Executive Officer 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc 
Michael Larkin 
Chief Financial Officer 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc 
*Carole became a Senior Non-Executive Director on 16/11/2022 
 
Unless otherwise stated above, all of the Directors in office at the date of this report served throughout the period, and up to the date 
of approval of these financial statements. 
 
Board selection criteria 
We regard succession at Board and senior management level as a key priority. Recruitment into the Board combines an assessment 
of both technical, leadership capability and competency skills to ensure the optimum blend of individual and aggregate capability 
having regard to our long term strategic plan. Board recruitment is subject to the approval of the Nominations Committee, the Board 
and the relevant regulatory bodies (PRA/FCA). 
 
Board diversity 
We are committed to promoting a diverse and inclusive workplace at all levels, reflective of the communities in which we do business. 
Our diversity and inclusion vision aligns with that of our parent J Sainsbury plc whose aim is to be ‘the most inclusive retailer’. We will 
achieve this aspiration by recruiting, retaining and developing diverse and talented people and creating an inclusive environment 
where everyone can be the best they can be and where diverse views are welcomed. The Nominations Committee is responsible for 
ensuring there is an appropriate balance of skills and experience across the Board. 
 
Directors’ indemnities 
The Bank has provided an indemnity for the benefit of all of its current Directors which is a qualifying third party indemnity provision 
for the purpose of the Companies Act 2006. This was in force throughout the financial year and at the date of signing of the financial 
statements. Directors’ and Officers’ insurance is provided through the J Sainsbury plc Group policy. Neither the indemnities nor the 
insurance provides cover in the event that the Director is proved to have acted fraudulently. 
 
Statement of corporate governance arrangements 
The Bank applied the main principles and complied with the relevant provisions of the Wates Corporate Governance Principles for Large 
Companies (available on the Financial Reporting Council website). Information demonstrating how the Bank applied the principles can 
be found throughout the Strategic Report.  
 
Employee engagement 
Refer to the S172(1) statement on page 7 of the Strategic report for details on employee engagement.  
Business relationships 
Refer to the S172(1) statement on page 7 of the Strategic report for details on business relationships. 

Directors’ report 
 
 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 28 February 2023 
32
 
Colleagues 
Refer to the S172(1) statement on page 7 for the Group’s policies on colleagues and the employment of disabled persons. 
Independent auditors 
Ernst & Young LLP have expressed their willingness to continue in office as auditors. 
 
Disclosure of information to auditors 
At the date of this report, each of the Directors in office has taken all the steps that they ought to have taken as a director in order to 
make themselves aware of any relevant audit information and to establish that the Bank’s auditors are aware of that information. As 
far as each Director is aware, there is no relevant audit information of which the Bank’s auditors are unaware. 
 
Financial risk management 
Details of the use of financial instruments, together with risk management disclosures, can be found in note 33 and the Risk 
Management section in the Strategic report on pages 21 to 26. 
Future developments 
 
The development of the Group is set out in the Strategic Report on pages 3 to 6. 
Post balance sheet events 
There were no events occurring after the reporting date that require disclosure or adjustment within the Financial Statements. 
Going concern 
The Directors have considered the appropriateness of the going concern basis of preparation of the financial statements taking into 
account the Group’s current and projected performance.  
 
The risk management framework as described in the strategic report on page 21 is considered adequate in managing liquidity and 
other key risks in the current environment. The Group continues to maintain its strong capital and liquidity position and has also 
been subject to review and challenge by the PRA as part of its remit as lead regulator of the Group.  
 
Further information on the key financial risks of the business can be found in note 33. 
 
The Directors are satisfied that the Group has adequate resources to continue in business for the foreseeable future, being at least 12 
months from the date of approval of the Financial Statements, taking into account a range of possible operational, economic and 
legal scenarios. Consequently, the going concern basis continues to be appropriate in preparing the financial statements. 
 
Dividends 
The Bank profit after tax for the year attributable to the shareholders is £23m (2022: £6m), and on a Group basis including the profits 
of subsidiaries was £33m (2022 £18m). In April 2022, the Bank paid a special interim dividend payment of £50m (2022: £nil), and the 
Directors do not recommend payment of a final dividend (2022: £nil). 
 
 
 
By order of the Board and signed on its behalf by 
 
 
Donald McNaughton 
Company Secretary 
26 April 2023

 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 28 February 2023 
33 
 
Statement of Directors' responsibilities 
 
The Directors are responsible for preparing the Strategic report, Directors’ report and the financial statements in accordance with 
applicable law and regulations.  
 
Company law requires the Directors to prepare financial statements for each financial year. Under that law the Directors have prepared 
the financial statements in accordance with UK adopted international accounting standards. Under company law the Directors must 
not approve the financial statements unless they are satisfied that they give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of Sainsbury’s 
Bank plc (‘the Company’) and of the profit or loss of the Company for that period. In preparing these financial statements, the Directors 
are required to: 
 
• 
select suitable accounting policies in accordance with International Accounting Standard 8: Accounting Policies, Changes in 
Accounting Estimates and Errors and then apply them consistently; 
 
• 
present information, including accounting policies, in a manner that provides relevant, reliable, comparable and 
understandable information; 
 
• 
provide additional disclosures when compliance with the specific requirements in UK adopted international accounting 
standards is insufficient to enable users to understand the impact of particular transactions, other events and conditions on 
the financial performance; and 
 
• 
state that the Bank has complied with UK adopted international accounting standards, subject to any material departures 
explained in the financial statements. 
 
The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain the Company’s 
transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of the Company and enable them to ensure that 
the financial statements comply with the Companies Act 2006. They are also responsible for safeguarding the assets of the Company 
and hence for taking reasonable steps for the prevention and detection of fraud and other irregularities. 
 
The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the Annual Report and Financial Statements and Pillar 3 
disclosures included on the J Sainsbury plc website. Legislation in the United Kingdom governing the preparation and dissemination 
of financial statements may differ from legislation in other jurisdictions. 
 
By order of the Board and signed on its behalf by 
 
 
Donald McNaughton 
Company Secretary 
26 April 2023 

Independent auditors’ report to the members of Sainsbury’s Bank plc 
 
 
 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 28 February 2023 
34
Opinion 
In our opinion: 
• 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc’s group financial statements and parent company financial statements (the “financial statements”) give a 
true and fair view of the state of the group’s and of the parent company’s affairs as at 28 February 2023 and of the group’s profit 
for the year then ended; 
• 
the group financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with UK adopted international accounting standards;  
• 
the parent company financial statements been properly prepared in accordance with UK adopted international accounting 
standards as applied in accordance with section 408 of the Companies Act 2006; and  
• 
the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006. 
We have audited the financial statements of Sainsbury’s Bank plc (the ‘parent company’) and its subsidiaries (the ‘group’) for the year 
ended 28 February 2023 which comprise: 
Group 
Parent company 
Consolidated income statement 
Statement of financial position 
Consolidated statement of comprehensive income 
Statement of changes in equity 
Consolidated statement of financial position  
Cash flow statement  
Consolidated statement of changes in equity 
Related notes 1 to 39 to the financial statements 
(except for items within note 34 which are marked as 
unaudited), including a summary of significant 
accounting policies 
Consolidated  cash flows statement 
 
Related notes 1 to 39 to the financial statements (except 
for items within note 34 which are marked as unaudited), 
including a summary of significant accounting policies 
 
 
The financial reporting framework that has been applied in their preparation is applicable law and UK adopted international 
accounting standards and as regards to the parent company financial statements, as applied in accordance with section 408 of the 
Companies Act 2006.  
Basis for opinion  
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (ISAs (UK)) and applicable law. Our 
responsibilities under those standards are further described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements 
section of our report. We are independent of the group and parent company in accordance with the ethical requirements that are 
relevant to our audit of the financial statements in the UK, including the FRC’s Ethical Standard as applied to listed public interest 
entities, and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements. 
We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. 
 
 

Independent auditors’ report to the members of Sainsbury’s Bank plc 
 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 28 February 2023 
35 
 
Conclusions relating to going concern  
In auditing the financial statements, we have concluded that the directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting in the 
preparation of the financial statements is appropriate. Our evaluation of the directors’ assessment of the group and parent company’s 
ability to continue to adopt the going concern basis of accounting included: 
• 
We obtained an understanding of the Group’s financial statement close process, which included how the going concern 
assessment for the Group is undertaken. We engaged with Management early to ensure all key factors were considered in 
the Group’s going concern  assessment;  
• 
We obtained an understanding of the Directors’ rationale for the use of the going concern basis of accounting through 
reviewing their going concern assessment conclusions, which stressed the underlying forecasts and assumptions, and 
performed inquiries of Management and those charged with governance; 
• 
We evaluated the Group’s going concern assessment which included reviewing the evaluation of the Group’s resilience to 
financial and operational stress on capital and liquidity requirements. The Group included a number of adverse scenarios in 
their forecasts in order to incorporate unexpected changes to their forecasted capital and liquidity levels and we have tested 
the clerical accuracy of these forecasts and assessed the assumptions applied within the forecasts; 
• 
We evaluated the Groups assessment by considering viability and operational resilience under different stress scenarios, 
including the impact of strategic plans and the continued impact of the current economic environment. We also challenged 
the Group’s considerations of climate change risks in their assessment of going concern and associated disclosures; 
• 
We have reviewed the stress and reverse stress testing performed in order to identify what factors would lead to all of the 
Group’s capital and liquidity eroding during the going concern period and assessed those factors against the likelihood of 
occurrence; 
• 
We reviewed the Group’s going concern disclosures included in the annual report in order to assess whether the disclosures 
were appropriate and in conformity with the reporting standards. 
Based on the work we have performed, we have not identified any material uncertainties relating to events or conditions that, 
individually or collectively, may cast significant doubt on the group and parent company’s ability to continue as a going concern for a 
period of 12 months from when the financial statements are authorised for issue.  
Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the directors with respect to going concern are described in the relevant sections of this 
report. However, because not all future events or conditions can be predicted, this statement is not a guarantee as to the group’s 
ability to continue as a going concern. 
Overview of our audit approach 
Audit scope 
• 
We performed an audit of the complete financial information of the group and parent 
company. 
• 
All audit work performed for the purposes of the Group audit was undertaken by the 
primary team. 
Key audit matters 
• 
Expected credit loss provision 
• 
Effective Interest Rate accounting 
• 
Valuation of intangible assets 
• 
Reliance on the processes and controls of third-party service providers 
Materiality 
• 
Overall group materiality of £6.2m which represents 1.5% of gross margin. 
 
 
 

Independent auditors’ report to the members of Sainsbury’s Bank plc 
 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 28 February 2023 
36 
 
Climate change  
Stakeholders are increasingly interested in how climate change will impact Sainsbury’s Bank plc. The Group has determined that the 
most significant future impacts from climate change on its operations will be from transitional risks on the wider UK economy. These 
are explained in the strategic report on pages 23-24. They have also explained their climate commitments on pages 9 to 11 in the Task 
Force for Climate-related Financial Disclosures. All of these disclosures form part of the “Other information,” rather than the audited 
financial statements. Our procedures on these unaudited disclosures therefore consisted solely of considering whether they are 
materially inconsistent with the financial statements, or our knowledge obtained in the course of the audit or otherwise appear to be 
materially misstated, in line with our responsibilities on “Other information”.  
 
In planning and performing our audit we assessed the potential impacts of climate change on the Group’s business and any 
consequential material impact on its financial statements. 
 
The Group has explained in note 33 to the financial statements on page 98 its articulation of how climate change has been reflected in 
the financial statements and of the significant judgements and estimates made in this regard. These disclosures also explain where 
governmental and societal responses to climate change risks are still developing, and where the degree of certainty of these changes 
means that they cannot be taken into account when determining asset and liability valuations under the requirements of 
International Accounting Standards. 
 
Our audit effort in considering the impact of climate change on the financial statements was focused on evaluating management’s 
assessment of the impact of climate risk, physical and transition, their climate commitments, the effects of material climate risks 
disclosed on pages 23 and 24 including the significant judgements As part of this evaluation, we performed our own risk assessment 
to determine the risks of material misstatement in the financial statements from climate change which needed to be considered in 
our audit.  
 
Where considerations of climate change were relevant to our assessment of going concern, these are described above.  
 
Based on our work we have not identified the impact of climate change on the financial statements to be a key audit matter or to 
materially impact a key audit matter. 
 
Key audit matters  
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgment, were of most significance in our audit of the financial 
statements of the current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to 
fraud) that we identified. These matters included those which had the greatest effect on the overall audit strategy, the allocation of 
resources in the audit; and directing the efforts of the engagement team. These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of 
the financial statements as a whole, and in our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters. 
 
Risk 
Our response to the risk 
Key observations communicated 
to the Audit Committee  
Expected Credit Loss Provisions 
Impairment Provision (2023: £259m, 
2022: £221m)  
Refer to Accounting policies (page 53); 
and Note 13 of the Consolidated 
Financial Statements (page 66) 
Customer receivables comprise 
unsecured personal loans, credit cards, 
mortgages and store cards. 
Credit provisions represent 
Management’s best estimate of 
We assessed the design effectiveness of 
key controls across the processes relevant 
to the impairment provision calculation, 
involving specialists to assist us in 
performing our procedures where 
appropriate.  
This included consideration of model 
governance, data accuracy and 
completeness, multiple economic 
scenarios, and the allocation of assets into 
We are satisfied provisions for the 
impairment of loans and advances 
to customers are reasonable and 
recognised in accordance with the 
applicable reporting framework 
based on our procedures 
performed. 
We reperformed the staging and 
noted no material differences. We 
also performed sensitivity analysis 
on the staging criteria and noted 
that substantial changes would be 

Independent auditors’ report to the members of Sainsbury’s Bank plc 
 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 28 February 2023 
37 
 
Risk 
Our response to the risk 
Key observations communicated 
to the Audit Committee  
impairment and significant judgments 
and estimates are made in determining 
the timing and measurement of 
expected credit loss (‘ECL’). 
Key matters that could result in material 
misstatement in respect of ECLs include 
the: 
(a) Accounting interpretations and 
modelling assumptions used to build the 
models that calculate ECL;  
(b) Input and assumptions used to 
estimate the impact of the multiple 
economic scenarios (MES);  
(c) Allocation of assets to stage 1, 2 or 3 
using criteria in accordance with the 
accounting standard; 
(d) Completeness and valuation of post 
model adjustments (“PMAs”); and 
(e) Accuracy and adequacy of the 
financial statement disclosures.  
We consider the risk related to the ECL 
provisions continues to be heightened as 
a result of ongoing economic 
uncertainty.  
 
The accuracy of underlying data upon 
which the ECL is calculated is also key to 
the overall estimate. 
 
stage 1, 2 and 3. 
 
We reviewed the minutes of the model and 
risk committees where inputs, 
assumptions, and adjustments to the ECL 
were discussed and approved.  
We tested the data used in the ECL 
calculation by independently reconciling a 
sample of data feeding the models to 
source systems and underlying 
documentation where applicable. 
We considered the assumptions, inputs 
and formulas used across the entire 
population of ECL models. This included 
assessing the appropriateness of model 
design and the formulae used, considering 
alternative modelling techniques and 
recalculating the Probability of Default, 
Loss Given Default and Exposure at Default 
for a sample of the models.  
With the support of our internal modelling 
specialists, we performed testing over 
models implemented during the year to 
validate that they were functioning as 
intended. 
We tested the assumptions and inputs 
used in the ECL models with the support of 
our internal modelling and economic 
specialists. In particular, we challenged the 
correlation and impact of the 
macroeconomic factors to the ECL and 
independently recalculated critical 
components of the ECL. In addition, we 
assessed the base and alternative 
economic scenarios, including challenging 
probability weights and comparing to 
other scenarios from a variety of external 
sources, as well as EY internally developed 
forecasts. 
We challenged the criteria used to allocate 
an asset to stage 1, 2 and 3 in accordance 
with IFRS 9 and substantively reperformed 
in full the staging calculation to ensure 
that assets in stages 1, 2, and 3 were 
allocated to the appropriate stage.  
needed to the criteria to result in a 
material difference. 
We ensured that the Audit 
Committee were aware of where we 
considered the most significant 
judgments to have been made in 
respect of the economic scenarios 
used, the weightings applied to 
scenarios, and the utilisation of 
PMAs to capture the risk of factors 
such as interest rate risk and 
inflation. We communicated that 
ultimately the considerations made 
by management in these areas 
meant that the ECL was reasonably 
stated. 
Other PMAs recorded by 
Management were appropriate and 
complete. 
Our testing of models and model 
assumptions identified no 
significant matters. 

Independent auditors’ report to the members of Sainsbury’s Bank plc 
 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 28 February 2023 
38 
 
Risk 
Our response to the risk 
Key observations communicated 
to the Audit Committee  
We challenged PMAs for appropriateness 
and completeness using our knowledge 
and experience across the industry. We 
performed testing over material PMAs 
together with our internal modelling 
specialists. We undertook analysis and 
benchmarking to assess whether sufficient 
consideration was given to the uncertainty 
arising as a result of inflationary and 
interest rate pressures on borrowers, which 
may not be captured in modelled outputs 
given limitations over historic data. 
We performed stand back analysis through 
industry benchmarking to peers and other 
available sources of information to help 
assess the appropriateness of the ECL 
provision overall. 
We assessed the adequacy and 
appropriateness of disclosures for 
compliance with the accounting standards 
 
Effective Interest Rate Accounting 
EIR Adjustment (2023: £108m, 2022: 
£112m) 
Refer to notes 2,3 and 13 of the 
Consolidated Financial Statements 
(pages 59, 60 & 66) 
Accounting standards require that 
interest income on personal loans, credit 
cards and mortgages is recognised at the 
effective interest rate (EIR). For products 
with introductory rates, such as credit 
cards and store cards, where the 
reversionary interest rate in future years 
is expected to be greater but receipt of 
such interest income depends on the 
customer remaining with the Bank, there 
is significant judgement involved in 
forecasting customer behaviour and 
estimating the future expected cash 
flows. As such, we have identified a fraud 
risk related to the timing of revenue 
recognition through the Management 
override of internal controls.  
The risks, as we see them, are that: 
We assessed the design effectiveness of 
key controls across the processes relevant 
to the EIR calculation process.  
We considered the completeness and 
accuracy of data inputs into the models by: 
 
(i) inspecting reconciliations from the 
general ledger to the source systems; 
and subsequently from the general 
ledger to the enterprise data 
warehouse. 
(ii) testing the data used in the EIR 
calculation by independently 
reconciling a sample of data feeding 
the model from the source system. 
 
We tested the appropriateness of 
Management’s assumptions by: 
(i) 
Reviewing the methodology to ensure 
that all key variables were 
appropriately considered and were 
being accounted for in accordance 
with the applicable accounting 
standards.  
 
We are satisfied that the 
assumptions used in determining 
the EIR asset balance are 
reasonable and in accordance with 
the applicable accounting 
framework. 
We are satisfied with the 
completeness and accuracy of data 
used within the EIR models. 
 
 

Independent auditors’ report to the members of Sainsbury’s Bank plc 
 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 28 February 2023 
39 
 
Risk 
Our response to the risk 
Key observations communicated 
to the Audit Committee  
(a) the data used in making the estimate 
is not complete and accurate; 
(b) the judgements made are not 
appropriate; and 
(c) the calculation methodology is not 
applied correctly. 
We consider the risk related to 
recognition of revenue using the effective 
interest rate method, including the 
associated fraud risk, to be consistent 
with the prior year.  
(ii) Comparing judgements to:(a) 
observable recent customer 
behaviour, including those which 
captures the post Covid-19 behaviour; 
and (b) product pricing models.  
 
(iii) Testing for indications of 
Management bias through:(a) 
Comparison of customer behaviour to 
observable market data;(b) review of 
judgements made by Management for 
consistency with prior periods where 
appropriate; (c) performing a 
sensitivity analysis over the impact of 
alternative behavioural lives and 
challenging the current behavioural 
lives used; and (d) challenging model 
alignment adjustments (“true-ups”) 
for appropriateness using our 
knowledge and experience across the 
industry, including assessing the 
appropriateness of the data, scenarios 
and calculations used in the 
determining the true-up applied. 
 
We tested the application of the 
calculation methodology by: 
 
(i) Engaging our internal modelling 
specialists to test whether the 
variables and assumptions stated in 
Management’s methodology 
documentation are implemented in 
management’s models;  
 
(ii) Engaging our internal modelling 
specialists to assess the macros that 
are used to input the raw data and 
perform the related calculations in the 
model files; 
 
(iii) Performing testing on the year-end 
calculation of EIR, including the 
underlying data integrity, the clerical 
accuracy of the calculation, and the 
application of relevant assumptions. 
Valuation of intangible assets 
Intangible Assets – Net Book Value 
(2023: £179m, 2022: £ 191m) 
We obtained an understanding of the 
Bank’s plans and considered the related 
risks when designing and executing our 
We are satisfied that the valuation 
of intangible assets is reasonable 
and recognised in accordance with 
the applicable reporting framework 

Independent auditors’ report to the members of Sainsbury’s Bank plc 
 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 28 February 2023 
40 
 
Risk 
Our response to the risk 
Key observations communicated 
to the Audit Committee  
Refer to Note 19 of the Consolidated 
Financial Statements (page 77) 
The Bank has embarked on a number of 
initiatives as a result of the strategic 
changes announced in September 2019.  
 
Additionally, the Bank continues to 
update their forecasts as the wider 
macro-economic environment changes. 
 
These changes have the potential to 
impact the valuation of existing 
intangible asset balances, as well as the 
capitalisation of future costs incurred.  
 
The risks, as we see them, are that:  
(a) The impact(s) on the financial 
statements as a result of 
decisions in strategic direction 
are not recorded accurately or 
in a timely manner; and  
(b) The judgements made are not 
appropriate, including those 
related to future forecasts and 
the resulting impairment 
assessment.  
 
 
planned audit procedures over impacted 
balances.  
 
We obtained an understanding of the key 
controls in place over the intangible asset 
process, including capitalisation and the 
impairment assessment. We assessed the 
design and operating effectiveness of 
those key controls identified.  
 
We reviewed and challenged 
Management’s forecasts at a product level 
to identify risk areas within these. 
Additionally, we performed a sensitivity 
analysis over the growth in net interest 
margin for the key banking products where 
significant growth is projected (i.e., loans 
and credit cards) to determine how profits 
would react to changes in key income 
drivers.  
 
We also reviewed historical performance 
against budget to conclude on the 
accuracy of the Bank’s budgeting process.  
 
We obtained Management’s indicators of 
impairment assessment that was prepared 
at year-end, and performed a review, 
critically assessing whether there had been 
either: 
(i) Any indicators of impairment that 
would require the bank to perform a 
full impairment assessment to 
determining whether any of its assets 
are impaired 
(ii) Any indication that the impairment 
loss recognised in the prior period 
may no longer exist or may have 
decreased (i.e., reversal of 
impairment) 
 
In instances where indicators of 
impairment were identified at a product 
level, we obtained and reviewed 
Management’s impairment assessment. 
We undertook an analysis of the updated 
cash flow forecasts to identify key 
assumptions in the impairment calculation 
and whether these appropriately 
considered the impacts of cannibalisation 
and the related economic uncertainty. This 
included challenging the impacts of 
based on our procedures 
performed. 
We raised several challenges with 
management, primarily relating to 
the forecasted cashflow for one 
specific asset held on the balance 
sheet where there were indicators 
of impairment. Specifically, we 
challenged the forecasted sales 
growth, the time period used by 
management over which cashflows 
are forecasted, the discount rate 
used, and judgements made in 
respect of how the launch of new 
products may impact upon future 
cashflows from existing products. 
We communicated what we 
considered to be reasonable 
movements in assumptions and 
cashflows and how these could 
result in an impairment. However 
we communicated that we were 
satisfied that Management’s view 
was within an acceptable range of 
outcomes.  
Overall, we are satisfied that 
management have appropriately 
assessed the required indicators of 
impairment. We concur with 
management’s assessment that 
there is no impairment of 
intangible assets, and we consider 
the overall intangible balance to be 
appropriately stated. 

Independent auditors’ report to the members of Sainsbury’s Bank plc 
 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 28 February 2023 
41 
 
Risk 
Our response to the risk 
Key observations communicated 
to the Audit Committee  
strategic management initiatives on future 
forecasted periods.  
 
We assessed the methodology applied by 
Management in overhead allocation and in 
calculating the headroom available. We 
undertook stress testing over the related 
key assumptions and then assessed the 
impact on the impairment assessment 
calculations. 
 
We assessed the useful economic lives 
assigned to a sample of intangibles assets 
to determine whether the assigned lives 
are appropriate based on the asset class 
and the impacts of any strategic changes. 
We also performed a benchmarking 
assessment to identify whether 
Sainsbury’s Bank’s useful life policies are in 
line with industry standards. 
 
We reviewed the intangible asset register 
to confirm that no costs were capitalised 
for asset categories that were fully 
impaired as a result of previous 
impairments recorded in the prior year. 
Where asset categories had been partially 
impaired we verified that sufficient 
headroom existed post-impairment for 
further additions. 
 
We performed testing over additions to, 
and disposals from the intangible asset 
register, as well as additions to WIP to 
confirm only spend that meets the 
capitalisation criteria is included within the 
register. 
 
We reviewed significant contracts and 
agreements with material third parties of 
the Bank and assessed the need for any 
onerous contract provisions to be recorded 
as a result any changes in strategic 
direction during the year.  
 
Reliance on the processes and controls of third-party service providers 
Many of the Bank’s IT systems are hosted 
by third parties. The Bank receives 
reports, prepared by independent audit 
firms, on the effectiveness of the third 
We performed procedures to obtain an 
understanding of the processes which are 
outsourced to third-parties and their 
impact on the financial statements. 
We obtained reasonable assurance 
over the Bank’s processes and 
controls over the completeness and 

Independent auditors’ report to the members of Sainsbury’s Bank plc 
 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 28 February 2023 
42 
 
Risk 
Our response to the risk 
Key observations communicated 
to the Audit Committee  
parties’ control environments. In some 
instances, deficiencies in the control 
environment were identified or 
assurance was unable to be provided by 
the third party over the design and 
operating effectiveness of their control 
environment. 
 
There is a risk that there is insufficient 
oversight of the third-party service 
providers and where control deficiencies 
at the third-party are identified, a report 
is not obtained, or assurance is unable to 
be obtained over the third-party control 
environment. These risks are:  
 
(a) not mitigated by 
compensating controls within the Bank’s 
own control environment; and  
(b) not appropriately quantified by the 
Bank. 
We consider the risk related to the 
oversight of third-party service providers 
to have increased in the current year due 
to a change in the Bank’s ability to rely 
on the design and operating 
effectiveness of controls in place at a key 
third party service organisation.  
 
We made inquiries of Management to 
understand the process through which the 
Bank:  
 
(i) 
Monitors control effectiveness at 
third parties; and 
 
(ii) 
Performs control activities over the 
completeness and accuracy of data 
received from third parties 
 
 
For the third-party service provider control 
reports obtained by the Bank, we obtained 
and inspected the reports to understand 
the design and operating effectiveness of 
the key controls in place. Where control 
deficiencies were identified or assurance 
over the control environment was unable 
to be provided, we assessed the impact on 
our planned audit procedures and, where 
necessary, performed incremental 
procedures in order to obtain reasonable 
assurance over the impacted account 
balances. 
 
We reviewed the assessment performed by 
Management over the third-party service 
provider control reports, including:  
 
(i) 
The mapping of the key controls 
within the report to the processes in 
place at the Bank and identification 
of any complimentary end user 
controls in place at the Bank; and 
  
(ii) 
Management’s evaluation of any 
ineffective controls within the 
control reports. 
 
Where reports were not obtained or reports 
that were obtained were unable to provide 
reliance over the third-party control 
environment, we obtained and reviewed 
Management’s assessment of these 
observations and the mitigating controls in 
place at the Bank. We tested the 
compensating controls where appropriate. 
Where we were no longer able to rely on 
controls as a result of the deficiencies 
identified, we reassessed our planned 
audit procedures over impacted balances 
accuracy of data received from 
third parties. 
We inspected the SOC reports and 
are satisfied that Management 
have responded appropriately to 
relevant control deficiencies. We 
have also assessed the 
implementation of the appropriate 
complimentary end user controls 
where necessary. 

Independent auditors’ report to the members of Sainsbury’s Bank plc 
 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 28 February 2023 
43 
 
Risk 
Our response to the risk 
Key observations communicated 
to the Audit Committee  
and performed incremental substantive 
testing procedures in order to obtain 
reasonable assurance over account 
balances. 
 
Our application of materiality 
We apply the concept of materiality in planning and performing the audit, in evaluating the effect of identified misstatements on the 
audit and in forming our audit opinion.  
Materiality 
The magnitude of an omission or misstatement that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to influence the 
economic decisions of the users of the financial statements. Materiality provides a basis for determining the nature and extent of 
our audit procedures. 
We determined materiality for the Group to be £6.2m which is 1.5% of gross margin. We have not provided prior year comparatives for 
materiality thresholds because previously the Group has not presented consolidated financial information. We believe that gross 
margin provides us with an appropriate basis for materiality as the Group is composed of profit-orientated entities. This basis is 
consistent with the basis used for materiality in previous periods for the Parent Company financial statements when a consolidated 
Group position was not reported.  
We determined materiality for the Parent Company to be £4.3m (2022: £3.6m), which is 1.5% (2022: 1.5%) of gross margin.  
Performance materiality 
The application of materiality at the individual account or balance level. It is set at an amount to reduce to an appropriately low 
level the probability that the aggregate of uncorrected and undetected misstatements exceeds materiality. 
On the basis of our risk assessments, together with our assessment of the Group’s overall control environment, our judgement was 
that performance materiality was 75% of our planning materiality, namely £4.7m. We have set performance materiality at this 
percentage due to a limited history of misstatements or significant control deficiencies. 
Reporting threshold 
An amount below which identified misstatements are considered as being clearly trivial. 
We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would report to them all uncorrected audit differences in excess of £0.3m which is set at 
5% of planning materiality, as well as differences below that threshold that, in our view, warranted reporting on qualitative grounds.  
We evaluate any uncorrected misstatements against both the quantitative measures of materiality discussed above and in light of 
other relevant qualitative considerations in forming our opinion. 
Other information  
The other information comprises the information included in the annual report, other than the financial statements and our auditor’s 
report thereon. The directors are responsible for the other information contained within the annual report. Our opinion on the financial 
statements does not cover the other information and, except to the extent otherwise explicitly stated in this report, we do not express 
any form of assurance conclusion thereon.  
 
Our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent 
with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the course of the audit or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. 
If we identify such material inconsistencies or apparent material misstatements, we are required to determine whether this gives 
rise to a material misstatement in the financial statements themselves. If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude that 
there is a material misstatement of the other information, we are required to report that fact. 
 

Independent auditors’ report to the members of Sainsbury’s Bank plc 
 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 28 February 2023 
44 
 
We have nothing to report in this regard. 
 
Opinions on other matters prescribed by the Companies Act 2006 
In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit: 
• 
the information given in the strategic report and the directors’ report for the financial year for which the financial statements are 
prepared is consistent with the financial statements; and  
 
• 
the strategic report and directors’ report have been prepared in accordance with applicable legal requirements. 
 
Matters on which we are required to report by exception 
In the light of the knowledge and understanding of the group and the parent company and its environment obtained in the course of 
the audit, we have not identified material misstatements in the strategic report or the directors’ report. 
We have nothing to report in respect of the following matters in relation to which the Companies Act 2006 requires us to report to you 
if, in our opinion: 
• 
adequate accounting records have not been kept by the parent company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been 
received from branches not visited by us; or 
• 
the parent company financial statements are not in agreement with the accounting records and returns; or 
• 
certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or 
• 
we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit 
 
Responsibilities of directors 
As explained more fully in the directors’ responsibilities statement [set out on page…], the directors are responsible for the 
preparation of the financial statements and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view, and for such internal control as the 
directors determine is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, 
whether due to fraud or error.  
In preparing the financial statements, the directors are responsible for assessing the group and parent company’s ability to continue 
as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting 
unless the directors either intend to liquidate the group or the parent company or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative 
but to do so. 
Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements  
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material 
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high 
level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material 
misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the 
aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial 
statements.  
Explanation as to what extent the audit was considered capable of detecting irregularities, including fraud 
 
Irregularities, including fraud, are instances of non-compliance with laws and regulations. We design procedures in line with our 
responsibilities, outlined above, to detect irregularities, including fraud. The risk of not detecting a material misstatement due to fraud 
is higher than the risk of not detecting one resulting from error, as fraud may involve deliberate concealment by, for example, forgery 
or intentional misrepresentations, or through collusion. The extent to which our procedures are capable of detecting irregularities, 
including fraud is detailed below. 
 
However, the primary responsibility for the prevention and detection of fraud rests with both those charged with governance of the 
company and management.  
 

Independent auditors’ report to the members of Sainsbury’s Bank plc 
 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 28 February 2023 
45 
 
• 
We obtained an understanding of the legal and regulatory frameworks that are applicable to the group and determined that 
the most significant are the regulations, licence conditions and supervisory requirements of the Prudential Regulation 
Authority (PRA) and the Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) and the Companies Act 2006. 
• 
We understood how Sainsbury’s Bank plc is complying with those frameworks making inquiries of Management, internal 
audit, and those responsible for legal and compliance matters. We also performed review of regulatory correspondence and 
reviewed minutes of the Board and Board Risk Committee meetings held. We gained an understanding of the Bank’s 
approach to governance demonstrated by the Board’s enterprise risk management framework (‘ERMF’) and internal control 
processes. We also reviewed the Bank’s complaints process and Whistleblowing. 
• 
We assessed the susceptibility of the group’s financial statements to material misstatement, including how fraud might 
occur by assessing the controls that have established to address risks of fraud identified by the Bank, or that otherwise seek 
to prevent, deter, or detect fraud. We also considered performance and incentive plan targets and their potential to influence 
Management to manage earnings.  
• 
Based on this understanding we designed our audit procedures to identify non-compliance with such laws and regulations. 
Our procedures involved inquiries of legal counsel, executive management, internal audit, and performed procedures over 
the risk of management override of internal control. We also focused our audit procedures on areas identified as higher risk 
as referred to in the Key Audit Matters section of this report.  
• 
The Bank operates in the financial services industry which is a highly regulated environment. As such, the Senior Statutory 
Auditor considered the experience and expertise of the engagement team to ensure that the team had the appropriate 
competence and capabilities, which included the use of specialists where appropriate. 
 
A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements is located on the Financial Reporting Council’s 
website at https://www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our auditor’s report. 
 
Other matters we are required to address  
• 
Following the recommendation from the audit committee we were appointed by the company on 16 August 2017 to audit the 
financial statements for the year ending 28 February 2018 and subsequent financial periods.  
• 
The period of total uninterrupted engagement including previous renewals and reappointments is 6 years, covering the years 
ending 28 February 2018 to 28 February 2023. 
• 
The non-audit services prohibited by the FRC’s Ethical Standard were not provided to the group or the parent company and we 
remain independent of the group and the parent company in conducting the audit.  
• 
The audit opinion is consistent with the additional report to the audit committee. 
 
 
Use of our report 
This report is made solely to the company’s members, as a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006.  
Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the company’s members those matters we are required to state to them 
in an auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to 
anyone other than the company and the company’s members as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we have 
formed.  
 
 
Blake Adlem (Senior statutory auditor) 
for and on behalf of Ernst & Young LLP, Statutory Auditor 
Edinburgh 
26 April 2023 
 
 
 

 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 28 February 2023 
46 
 
Consolidated Income Statement 
For the year-ended 28 February 2023 
 
2023  
2022 
Note 
£m 
£m 
 
 
 
Interest income  
3 
394 
322 
Interest expense 
3 
(74) 
 (43) 
Net interest income 
 
320 
279 
 
 
Fees and commissions income 
4 
109 
103 
Fees and commissions expense 
4 
(10) 
(29) 
Net fees and commissions income 
 
99 
74 
 
 
Other operating income 
5 
28 
6 
Total income 
 
447 
359 
 
 
Administrative expenses 
6 
(266) 
(256) 
Impairment of Intangible and Tangible assets 
 
 
Property, plant and equipment 
20 
- 
 (1) 
Depreciation and amortisation 
 
 
Property, plant and equipment 
20 
(1) 
(2) 
Intangible assets 
19 
(31) 
(21) 
Operating expenses 
 
(298) 
(280) 
 
 
Impairment losses on financial assets 
13 
(107) 
(62) 
Realised gains on financial instruments 
7 
1 
2 
Fair value gains on financial instruments 
7 
1 
2 
Profit before taxation 
 
44 
21 
 
 
Analysed as: 
 
 
Underlying profit before tax 
 
49 
37 
Non-underlying items 
8 
(5) 
(16) 
 
44 
21 
 
 
Taxation 
12 
(11) 
(3) 
 
 
Profit for the financial year attributable to the owners of the Group 
33 
18 
The accompanying notes on pages 52 to 117 form part of these financial statements. 
 
 
 
 

 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 28 February 2023 
47 
 
Consolidated statement of comprehensive income 
For the year ended 28 February 2023 
 
 
 
2023 
2022 
Note 
£m 
£m 
Profit for the financial year 
 
33 
18 
 
Other comprehensive income: 
 
Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss: 
 
  Financial assets fair value movements 
30 
2 
- 
FVOCI gains recycled to income statement 
30 
(1) 
(2) 
 
 
Total other comprehensive income, net of tax 
 
1 
(2) 
 
 
Total comprehensive income / (expense) 
 
34 
16 
 
All amounts are attributable to the owners of the Bank.  
 
The accompanying notes on pages 52 to 117 form part of these financial statements. 
 

 
 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 28 February 2023 
48 
 
Consolidated Balance Sheet 
As at 28 February 2023 
 
The Group 
The Bank 
2023 
2022 
2023 
2022 
 
Note 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
 
Assets 
 
Cash, balances with central banks and other demand deposits 
15 
546 
387 
499 
346 
Loans and advances to banks 
16 
100 
121 
100 
121 
Derivative financial instruments 
17 
99 
35 
47 
19 
Investment securities  
18 
741 
443 
741 
443 
Loans and advances to customers 
13 
5,293 
5,067 
4,555 
4,311 
Investments in subsidiaries 
21 
- 
- 
325 
325 
Intangible assets 
19 
179 
191 
147 
162 
Property, plant and equipment   
20 
9 
9 
9 
9 
Other assets 
22 
242 
283 
691 
700 
Total assets 
 
7,209 
6,536 
7,114 
6,436 
 
 
 
 
 
Liabilities 
 
 
 
 
 
Customer accounts 
23 
4,735 
4,235 
4,735 
4,235 
Other deposits 
24 
1,212 
1,024 
1,212 
1,024 
Subordinated liabilities 
25 
122 
179 
122 
179 
Derivative financial instruments 
17 
53 
19 
53 
19 
Other liabilities 
26 
190 
173 
144 
113 
Provisions for liabilities and charges 
27 
31 
28 
12 
9 
Total liabilities 
 
6,343 
5,658 
6,278 
5,579 
 
 
 
 
 
Equity 
 
 
 
 
 
Called up share capital 
28 
701 
701 
701 
701 
Retained earnings 
29 
163 
176 
133 
155 
Other reserves 
30 
2 
1 
2 
1 
Total equity 
 
866 
878 
836 
857 
 
 
 
 
 
Total equity and liabilities 
 
7,209 
6,536 
7,114 
6,436 
 
Retained profit for the year of £23m (2022: £6m) is attributable to the Bank. 
 
The financial statements on pages 52 to 117 were approved by the Board of Directors on 26 April 2023 and signed on its behalf by: 
 
 
 
 
 
Michael Larkin  
Director and Chief Financial Officer 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The accompanying notes on pages 52 to 117 form part of these financial statements. 
  
Sainsbury's Bank plc – Company number 3279730 
 
 

 
 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 28 February 2023 
49 
 
Consolidated statement of changes in equity 
For the year ended 28 February 2023 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 
Called up 
share capital 
Retained 
earnings 
Other 
reserves 
Total equity
The Group 
 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m
 
 
 
 
 
As at 1 March 2022 
 
701 
175 
1 
877 
 
 
 
 
Profit for the financial year 
 
- 
33 
- 
33 
Capital reduction 
 
 
- 
- 
- 
- 
Other comprehensive income: 
 
 
 
 
Financial assets fair value movements (FVOCI) 
30 
 
 
2 
2 
FVOCI gains recycled to income statement 
30 
- 
- 
(1) 
(1) 
Total comprehensive income 
 
- 
33 
1 
34 
 
 
 
Transactions with owners: 
 
 
 
Share-based payment (net of tax) 
 
- 
5 
- 
5 
Dividends Paid 
 
- 
(50) 
- 
(50) 
At 28 February 2023 
 
701 
163 
2 
866 
 
Note 
Called up 
share capital 
Retained 
earnings 
Other  
reserves 
Total equity
The Group 
 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m
 
 
 
 
 
As at 1 March 2021 
 
901 
(47) 
3 
857 
 
 
 
Profit for the financial year 
 
- 
18 
- 
18 
Capital reduction 
 
(200) 
200 
- 
- 
Other comprehensive income: 
 
 
 
FVOCI gains recycled to income statement 
30 
- 
- 
(2) 
(2) 
Total comprehensive income 
 
(200) 
218 
(2) 
16 
 
 
 
 
 
Transactions with owners: 
 
 
 
 
Share-based payment (net of tax) 
 
- 
4 
- 
4 
 
 
 
 
At 28 February 2022 
 
 
701 
175 
 1 
877 
 
All amounts are attributable to the owners of the Group. 
 
The accompanying notes on pages 52 to 117 form part of these financial statements.

 
 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 28 February 2023 
50 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank statement of changes in equity 
For the year ended 28 February 2023  
 
 
 
 
Note 
Called up 
share capital 
Retained 
earnings 
Other 
reserves 
Total equity
The Bank 
 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m
 
 
 
 
 
As at 1 March 2022 
 
701 
155 
1 
857 
 
 
 
 
Profit for the financial year 
 
- 
23 
- 
23 
Capital reduction 
 
- 
- 
- 
- 
Other comprehensive income: 
 
 
 
 
Financial assets fair value movements (FVOCI) 
30 
 
 
2 
2 
FVOCI gains recycled to income statement 
30 
- 
- 
(1) 
(1) 
Total comprehensive income 
 
- 
23 
1 
24 
 
 
 
 
Transactions with owners: 
 
 
 
Share-based payment (net of tax) 
 
- 
5 
- 
5 
Dividends Paid 
 
- 
(50) 
- 
(50) 
At 28 February 2023 
 
701 
133 
2 
836 
 
Note 
Called up 
share capital 
Retained 
earnings 
Other  
reserves 
Total equity
The Bank 
 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m
 
 
 
 
As at 1 March 2021 
 
901 
(55) 
3 
849 
 
 
 
 
Profit for the financial year 
 
 - 
6 
- 
6 
Capital reduction 
 
(200) 
200 
- 
- 
Other comprehensive income: 
 
 
 
 
FVOCI gains recycled to income statement 
30 
 - 
- 
(2) 
(2) 
Total comprehensive income 
 
(200) 
206 
(2) 
4 
 
 
 
 
 
Transactions with owners: 
 
 
 
 
 
Share-based payment (net of tax) 
 
- 
4 
- 
4 
 
 
 
 
At 28 February 2022 
 
701 
155 
 1 
857 
 
All amounts are attributable to the owners of the Bank. 
 
The accompanying notes on pages 52 to 117 form part of these financial statements.

 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 28 February 2023 
51 
 
Consolidated Cash flow statement 
For the year ended 28 February 2023 
 
 
The Group 
The Bank 
 
2023 
2022 
2023 
2022 
 
Note 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Profit/(Loss) before taxation 
 
44 
21 
31 
8 
Non-cash and other items included in profit before taxation 
 
153 
102 
87 
53 
Change in operating assets and liabilities 
 
167 
(702) 
231 
(668) 
Income tax payments 
 
(4) 
- 
(4) 
- 
Cash flows (used in) / generated from operating activities 
14 
360 
(579) 
345 
(607) 
 
 
 
 
Purchase of equipment 
 
(1) 
(1) 
(1) 
(1) 
Purchase of intangibles 
 
(20) 
(49) 
(11) 
(26) 
Cash flows used in investing activities 
 
(21) 
(50) 
(12) 
(27) 
 
 
 
Interest paid on subordinated liabilities 
 
(9) 
(11) 
(9) 
(11) 
Dividend Paid 
 
(50) 
- 
(50) 
- 
Repayment of subordinated liabilities 
 
(175) 
- 
(175) 
- 
Issuance of subordinated liabilities 
 
120 
- 
120 
- 
Lease payments 
 
(1) 
(2) 
(1) 
(2) 
Cash flows used in financing activities 
 
(115) 
(13) 
(115) 
(13) 
 
 
 
Change in cash and cash equivalents 
 
224 
(642) 
218 
(647) 
 
 
 
Opening cash and cash equivalents 
 
422 
1,064 
381 
1,028 
 
 
 
Closing cash and cash equivalents 
 
646 
422 
599 
381 
 
 
For the purposes of the cash flow statements, cash and cash equivalents comprise the following: 
The Group 
The Bank 
2023 
2022 
2023 
2022 
 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
 
 
Cash, balances with central banks and other demand deposits 
546 
387 
499 
346 
Less: mandatory reserve deposit held at central banks 
(15) 
(15) 
(15) 
(15) 
531 
372 
484 
331 
Loans and advances to banks 
- 
25 
- 
25 
Investment securities  
115 
25 
115 
25 
646 
422 
599 
381 
 
The accompanying notes on pages 49 to 115 part of these financial statements. 

 
 
 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 28 February 2023 
52
Notes to the financial statements 
 
1. 
Basis of Preparation  
 
The Sainsbury’s Bank consolidated financial statements 
represent the year ended 28 February 2023 and incorporate the 
financial statements of the Bank and the entities it controls. 
These financial statements have been prepared in accordance 
with UK adopted international accounting standards. 
 
The Group provides a range of retail banking services and related 
financial services wholly within the UK.  
 
The financial statements have been prepared under the historical 
cost convention as modified for the revaluation of financial assets 
and liabilities (including derivative instruments) held at fair value 
through profit and loss and fair value through other 
comprehensive income. The principal accounting policies have 
been applied consistently throughout the year. 
 
The Group has elected to take the exemption under section 408 of 
the Companies Act 2006 and therefore does not present the 
Income Statement and Statement of Comprehensive Income of 
the Bank on a standalone basis.  
 
The financial statements have been prepared on a going concern 
basis. This is discussed in the Directors’ report, under the heading 
‘Going 
Concern’. 
The 
Directors 
have 
considered 
the 
appropriateness of the going concern basis of preparation of the 
financial statements taking into account the Group’s current and 
projected performance. The Directors are satisfied that the Group 
has adequate resources to continue in business for the 
foreseeable future taking into account a range of possible 
operational, economic and legal scenarios. Consequently, the 
going concern basis continues to be appropriate in preparing the 
financial statements.  
 
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with the 
requirements of the Companies Act 2006 requires the use of 
certain 
critical 
accounting 
estimates. 
It 
also 
requires 
management to exercise its judgement in the process of applying 
the Group’s accounting policies. The areas involving a higher 
degree of judgement or complexity, or areas where assumptions 
and estimates are significant to the financial statements are 
disclosed in note 2.  
 
The risk management framework as described in the strategic 
report on page 21 is considered adequate in managing liquidity 
and other key risks in the current environment. The Group 
continues to maintain its strong capital and liquidity position and 
has also been subject to review and challenge by the PRA as part 
of its remit as lead regulator of the Group. Further information on 
the key financial risks of the business can be found in note 33. 
 
The Bank is a wholly-owned subsidiary of J Sainsbury plc and the 
Group results are included in the consolidated financial 
statements of J Sainsbury plc which are publicly available. 
 
 
Foreign currencies 
The Bank and Consolidated financial statements are presented in 
sterling which is the Group’s functional and presentation 
currency. Foreign currency transactions are translated into 
sterling at the exchange rate prevailing at the date of the 
transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities are translated at 
balance sheet date exchange rates. Exchange differences arising 
are recognised in the income statement. 
 
Classification and measurement of financial instruments 
The Group classifies all of its financial assets based on the 
business model for managing the assets and the assets’ 
contractual terms, measured at either: 
- 
Amortised cost, 
- 
Fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI), or 
- 
Fair value through profit and loss (FVPL) 
To determine their classification and measurement category, 
IFRS 9 requires all financial assets, except equity instruments and 
derivatives, to be assessed based on a combination of the entity’s 
business model for managing the assets and the instruments’ 
contractual cash flow characteristics. 
 
The business model assessment reflects how the Group manages 
the risks relating to the underlying financial assets, including 
whether the Group’s principal objective is to collect the 
contractual cashflows arising from the instruments (amortised 
cost), to sell the financial instruments (FVPL) or a combination 
thereof (FVOCI). 
 
The Group’s business model is not assessed on an instrument-by-
instrument basis, but at a higher level of aggregated portfolios 
and is based on observable factors such as how performance is 
reported to the entity’s key management personnel, the way that 
risks are managed, how managers of the business are 
compensated and the expected frequency, value and timing of 
sales are also important aspects of the Group’s assessment. 
 
The business model assessment is based on reasonably expected 
scenarios without taking ‘worst case’ or ‘stress case’ scenarios 
into account. If cash flows after initial recognition are realised in 
a way that is different from the Group’s original expectations, the 
Group does not change the classification of the remaining 
financial assets held in that business model but incorporates 
such information when assessing newly originated or newly 
purchased financial assets going forward. 
 
As a second step of its classification process, where the business 
model involves the collection of contractual cashflows, the Group 
assesses the contractual cashflow characteristics of financial 
assets to identify whether they can be considered solely 
payments of principal and interest (the SPPI test).  
 
 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 28 February 2023 
53 
 
 
 
1. 
Basis of Preparation (continued) 
 
Amortised cost 
Financial assets that are principally held for the collection of 
contractual cashflows which pass the SPPI test are classified as 
amortised cost. Initial recognition is at fair value and subsequent 
measurement is at amortised cost, using the effective interest 
rate method, less provision for impairment as described in the 
impairment section below.  
 
Fair value through other comprehensive income  
Financial assets that are held for both the purpose of collecting 
contractual cashflows and to sell are classified as FVOCI. Initial 
recognition and subsequent measurement is at fair value, with 
movements in fair value being recognised through OCI. Interest 
income is measured using the effective interest rate method and 
impairment gains and losses are recognised in the income 
statement. 
 
Fair value through profit and loss 
Financial assets that do not meet amortised cost or FVOCI criteria 
are classified as FVPL. 
 
Equity instruments 
Upon initial recognition, the Group occasionally elects to classify 
irrevocably some of its equity investments as equity instruments 
at FVOCI when they meet the definition of Equity under IAS 32 
Financial instruments: Presentation and are not held for trading. 
Such classification is determined on an instrument-by-
instrument basis. Gains and losses on these equity instruments 
are never recycled to profit or loss. Dividends are recognised in 
profit or loss as other operating income. 
 
Where this election is not applied equity instruments are 
measured at FVPL. 
 
Financial liabilities 
Other than derivative financial liabilities, all of the Group’s 
financial liabilities are recognised at amortised cost. Derivatives 
are classified as FVPL. 
 
Basis of consolidation 
The consolidated financial statements of the Group comprise the 
financial statements of the Bank and all consolidated 
subsidiaries. 
 
Subsidiaries 
Subsidiaries are all entities, including special purpose entities, 
over which the Group has control. This is when the Group is 
exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement 
with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through 
its power over the entity. The results of subsidiaries are included 
in the income statement from the date of acquisition or, in the 
case of disposals, up to the effective date  
 
 
 
 
 
 
of disposal. Intercompany transactions and balances between 
Group companies are eliminated upon consolidation. 
 
The consolidated subsidiaries of the Bank are as follows: 
- Home Retail Group Card Services Ltd 
- Home Retail Group Insurance Services Ltd 
- ARG Personal Loans Ltd 
- Drury Lane Funding 2020-1 plc 
 
Standards and interpretations effective for the Company in 
these financial statements: 
No new standards or interpretations became effective in the 
period or in the prior year that have a material impact on the 
Group. 
 
Standards and interpretations effective for the Company in 
future periods: 
None of the following standards issued by the IASB but not yet 
effective, are expected to have a material impact on the Group or 
Bank’s financial statements in future periods: 
— IFRS 17 ‘Insurance Contracts’ 
No other interpretation or amendment effective in a future period 
has a material impact on the Company or Group  
 
2. 
Critical accounting estimates and judgements  
 
The 
preparation 
of 
the 
financial 
statements 
requires 
management to make judgements, estimates and assumptions 
that affect the application of policies and reported amounts of 
assets and liabilities, most critically in respect of impairment 
losses on loans and advances, capitalisation of intangible assets 
and effective yield.  
 
Estimates and judgements are continually evaluated and are 
based on historical experience and other factors, including 
expectations of future events that are believed to be reasonable 
under the circumstances. Revisions to accounting estimates are 
recognised in the period in which the estimate is revised if the  
revision affects only that period or in the period of the revision 
and future periods if the revision affects both current and future 
periods.  
 
Impairment of loans and advances 
Impairment loss models involve the estimation of future cash 
flows of financial assets, based on observable data at the balance 
sheet date and historical loss experience for assets with similar 
credit risk characteristics. This will typically take into account the 
level of arrears, security, past loss experience and default levels. 
These calculations are undertaken on a portfolio basis using 
various statistical modelling techniques. Impairment models are 
continually reviewed to ensure data and assumptions are 
appropriate with the most material assumption being around 
expected loss rates.  
 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 28 February 2023 
54 
 
 
 
2. 
Critical accounting estimates and judgements 
(continued) 
 
The Group has an Independent Model Oversight function who 
periodically validate the performance of IFRS 9 models including 
methodology and predictive accuracy. Monitoring is undertaken 
at Model Risk Committee (MRC) on a monthly basis with actions 
put in place to remediate any deficiencies. 
 
Depending on their materiality, model changes are approved at 
either MRC or Retail Credit Risk Committee (RCRC) for approval by 
either the Senior Managers or Head of Credit Risk and Chief Risk 
Officer. 
 
Significant increase in credit risk (SICR) 
The Group determines whether there has been a significant 
increase in credit risk by reference to quantitative thresholds, 
qualitative indicators and has also chosen to adopt the rebuttable 
backstop presumption that credit risk has significantly increased 
if contractual payments are more than 30 days past due. 
 
Quantitative thresholds have been determined that when the PD 
of an instrument as at the reporting date has increased to greater 
than a specified multiple of the origination PD, a significant 
increase in credit risk is deemed to have occurred. Qualitative 
tests are based around selective credit origination policy rules. In 
addition to variable risk appetite metrics, certain rules are in 
place at account origination for Loans and Credit Cards in order to 
decline accounts that may demonstrate factors outside of risk 
appetite that are not yet reflected in PD. At the reporting date, if 
an account satisfies any of these policy decline rules that it had 
not at the point of origination, it will be considered to have 
significantly increased in credit risk.  
 
There is no probationary period applied in respect of accounts 
that cure from stage 2 to stage 1. Transfer criteria have been 
subject to extensive analysis to ensure that they appropriately 
reflect the flow of accounts from origination to default so as to 
maximise the number of accounts that flow through the stages 
and minimise accounts that jump directly from stage 1 to stage 3, 
or that fail to enter stage 3 from stage 2.  
 
The Group has applied the low credit risk exemption in respect of 
its high quality treasury portfolio held for liquidity purposes. This 
exemption permits low credit risk loans (i.e. those considered 
investment grade) to remain in stage 1 without an assessment of 
significant increase in credit risk.  
 
Definition of default 
The Group’s definition of default is used in determining those 
accounts classified as stage 3 (i.e. credit impaired). The Group has  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
chosen not to rebut the backstop presumption prescribed by IFRS 
9 that where an account is 90 days or more past its due date then 
default has occurred. 
 
The Group has also defined a number of unlikeliness to pay 
criteria that result in an account being deemed to have defaulted.  
These include: 
• 
Where 
operational collections activities have been 
exhausted on accounts that are less than 90 days past due 
and the account is subject to recoveries processes 
• 
If any forbearance has been granted on the account 
• 
Where the customer is subject to insolvency proceedings 
• 
Where the customer is deceased 
Where an account no longer meets any of the default criteria, 
such as by bringing payments back up to date, the Group will 
continue to consider the account as being in default for the 
probation period (24 months for Loans and Cards, and 12 months 
for Storecards) from the date when it last met the definition of 
default. 
 
IFRS 9 staging and management of credit risk 
The Group’s staging criteria as outlined above is used to monitor 
credit risk performance at various management forums, and 
Board level governance including Audit Committee and Board 
Risk Committee. Key metrics such as coverage ratio and 
proportion of balances in each stage are monitored for directional 
movements, albeit there are no explicit risk appetite thresholds in 
this area. At the onset of the Covid-19 pandemic our appetite for 
credit risk was reduced to protect the Group from losses, 
including the financial impacts of balances moving from stage 1 
to stages 2 and 3, however we have since reversed our tightening 
strategy. 
 
Write off 
Loans and advances to customers are written off (either partially 
or in full) when there is no realistic prospect of recovery. This is 
generally the case when the Group determines that the borrower 
does not have assets or sources of income that could generate 
sufficient cash flows to repay the amounts subject to write off. 
Subsequent recoveries of amounts previously written off result in 
impairment gains recorded in the income statement.  
 
Expected lifetime 
For the purposes of considering the lifetime probability of default, 
the expected lifetime of a financial asset is the contractual term 
where this is fixed within the contract, or in the case of revolving 
products such as credit cards a behavioural life is determined by 
reference to historic trends.  
 
 
 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 28 February 2023 
55 
 
 
2. 
Critical accounting estimates and judgements 
(continued) 
 
Portfolios 
The Group calculates its ECL on a portfolio based approach 
(collective assessment). The different portfolios the Group has are 
Loans, Credit Cards, Mortgages AFS Storecards and AFS Monthly 
Payment Plan (MPP). The products within the different portfolios 
share key characteristics such as term, interest rate, repayment 
expectations and operational processes which drive related 
assumptions within ECL models. 
 
Modified financial assets 
When the contractual cash flows of a financial asset have been 
renegotiated or modified and the financial asset was not 
derecognised, its gross carrying amount is recalculated as the 
present value of the modified contractual cash flows, discounted 
at the original effective interest rate with a gain or loss recognised 
in the income statement. In practice the renegotiation of lending 
is linked to an impairment event (forbearance) and any related 
gains or losses are reflected in the impairment charge recognised 
in the income statement. 
 
Overlays and Post model adjustments (PMAs) 
Overlays and PMAs are short-term increases or decreases to the 
ECL at either a customer or portfolio level to account for items 
that have not been fully reflected in the existing models. 
Consistent with the most recent recommendations of the 
Taskforce on Disclosures about Expected Credit Losses (DECL), the 
Group has defined overlays as adjustments made outside of the 
granular account level ECL calculation and PMAs as being 
calculated at granular account level, most often in respect of 
known data or model limitations.  
 
Internal governance is in place to approve and monitor overlays 
and PMAs regularly and to reduce the reliance on them through 
model recalibration or redevelopment, as appropriate. 
 
Overlays and PMAs applied in estimating the reported ECL at 28 
February 2023 are set out in the following table. The table includes 
adjustments in relation to data and model limitations. It shows 
the adjustments applicable to the scenario-weighted ECL 
numbers.  
 
The Group 
The Bank 
2023 
£m 
2022
£m
2023
£m
2022 
£m 
Economic overlays 
 
1  
5 
2 
2 
Operational PMAs 
 
(4) 
10 
(16) 
9 
Total  
 
(3) 
15 
(14) 
11 
 
The proportion of net overlays and PMAs for the Group is -1% of 
the total ECL provision as at 28 February 2023 (2022: 7%).  
  
Economic overlays are included where management judge the 
underlying models do not respond adequately to the economic 
scenarios. In the year, the Group introduced a new economic  
 
 
overlay of £5m (2022: £nil) in response to the cost of living crisis 
and the potential impact of inflation on customers’ ability to 
repay debts. As current levels of inflations are the highest 
experienced in over 40 years, certain models have not been 
calibrated on such extreme values whilst others don’t include 
inflation as an economic variable. Where appropriate, the 
modelled impact of inflation has been removed and overlays 
have been included to ensure the expected impacts of inflation 
are reflected in the provisions. Additionally, a £3m overlay was 
recognised in respect of interest rates as the models have been 
built using data from the recent historic low period for interest 
rates and do not adequately respond to the current economic 
forecasts in a higher rate environment. Finally, a £6m reduction 
in ECL was recognised via overlay in acknowledgement that the 
Group’s economic scenarios of unemployment and GDP, taken 
at December 2022 in order to be incorporated into the models, 
were overly pessimistic comparted to consensus views of the 
economic outlook as at 28 February 2023. As at February 2023 our 
base scenario showed peak unemployment of 5.7% in Q1 2025 
whereas the Bank of England forecast predicted 5.2% at that time. 
Similarly, our GDP view of -1% in early 2023 was more pessimistic 
than the Bank of England’s -0.5%.  
 
In the year, the Group released the economic overlay relating to 
Covid-19 uncertainties (2022: £10m overlay recognised) as the 
residual risks associated with the pandemic are no longer 
considered likely.  
 
The majority of the operational overlays relate to specific model 
limitations that have been manually corrected whilst a 
permanent fix is being developed. 
 
For all PMAs there will always be an attempt to use existing IFRS 
9 models as a base and amend assumptions and methodology as 
required to determine the level of impact a specific change would 
make. This change in ECL is recognised as a PMA until such time 
as those changes are implemented into production and the PMA 
can be removed. 
 
Management use of ECL information 
ECL forecasts and sensitivities are used in assessing the expected 
returns on different forms of lending and forms part of the 
assessment of whether or not lending should be offered. Default 
rates for certain subgroups within a portfolio drive forecasts and 
estimates when investigating the risks of lending changes within 
that portfolio. 
 
ECL information is a key driver of financial performance and key 
performance drivers are regularly included in internal financial 
reporting. Where relevant, plausible alternative scenarios and 
assumptions will be presented as sensitivities to the current 
position or forecast to enable informed decisions on lending and 
provisioning to be made. 
 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 28 February 2023 
56 
 
 
Macro-economic scenarios 
IFRS 9 requires that the measurement of ECL should reflect an 
unbiased and probability weighted amount that is determined by 
evaluating a range of forward-looking economic assumptions. 
The Group has engaged an external supplier to provide economic 
forecasts which are subject to review, challenge and approval 
through the Group’s governance processes.  
 
For the year ended 28 February 2023, the Group commissioned  
economic scenarios which considered a range of plausible but 
alternative economic conditions that could arise in relation to the 
ongoing impacts of the cost of living crisis and current economic 
uncertainty.  
 
The ECL models utilise 4 scenarios (2022: 4 scenarios) including a 
‘base case’ scenario considered to be the most likely outcome 
together with an upside, downside and severe downside scenario. 
The base case has been assigned a probability weighting of 40% 
with the upside, downside and severe downside scenarios 
weighted 30%, 25%, 5% respectively (2022: base scenario 45%, 
upside, downside and severe downside scenarios were 35%, 15% 
and 5% respectively). 
 
Each portfolio, when modelled for IFRS9, showed different 
characteristics with predictive tendencies and this is the key 
driver for using different economic variables across portfolios. 
Unsecured products place greater weighting on unemployment 
rates, GDP and inflation, whereas our secured portfolio includes 
reference to house prices and levels of mortgage debt.  
 
Approval and governance of the Group scenarios is via RCRC & 
ALCo, with ALCo approving the appropriate scenario weightings 
to be applied to ensure the most appropriate reflection of our 
views on future variables, such as unemployment and CPI rates.  
 
Beyond the 5 year forecast period, forecast economic variables 
are assumed to revert to long term averages, with the exception 
of unemployment which is expected to experience a gradual 
return to 4% by 2034. They are applied in ECL models for the 
remaining residual behavioural life of the related financial 
instruments, which can also exceed 5 years. 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 28 February 2023 
57 
 
 
2. 
Critical accounting estimates and judgements (continued)
The graphs below plot the data for Unemployment, GDP, Consumer price growth and mortgage debt as a percentage of household 
income for each of the 4 scenarios used in our IFRS 9 models:  
  
          
 
 
 
 
 
The most material economic variables to the calculation of ECL are unemployment and GDP. 
 
Our base case scenario envisages a peak unemployment of 5.70% in Q4 2024 before reverting to the long-term average in Q1 2034 and 
a spike in CPI of 10.71% in the 4th quarter of 2022. 
 
The key macro-economic assumptions included in the ECL calculation have also been summarised in the table below (shown as 5 year 
averages from the reporting date). 
 
 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 28 February 2023 
58 
 
 
2. 
Critical accounting estimates and judgements (continued) 
 
Scenario 5 Year Averages 
As at 28 February 2023 
Base
%
Upside 
% 
Downside 
% 
Severe Downside
%
 
Unemployment rate 
5.3 
4.5 
6.2 
7.6  
Consumer price growth  
3.4 
2.9 
3.8 
4.3  
GDP 
0.8 
1.4 
0.3 
(0.3)  
Mortgage debt as a percentage of household income 
99.9 
97.6 
102.0 
104.5  
Real household disposable income 
0.8 
1.2 
0.2 
(0.3)  
Probability weighting 
40 
30 
25 
5  
 
 
 
  
Sensitivity analysis 
 
 
 
  
Increase (decrease) in gross balance stage allocation 
under 100% probability weighting: 
 
 
 
  
Stage 1 
£15.7m 
£90.7m 
£(95.5)m 
£(330)m  
Stage 2 
£(15.7)m 
£(90.7)m 
£95.5m 
£330m  
Increase (decrease) on ECL provision under 100% 
probability weighting 
£(2.5)m 
£(12.5)m 
£12.9m 
£44.5m  
Unsecured 
£(2.5)m 
£(12.5)m 
£12.9m 
£44.3m  
Secured 
(£0.0)m 
£(0.0)m 
£0.0m 
£0.2m  
 
 
Scenario 5 Year Averages 
As at 28 February 2022 
Base 
% 
Upside 
% 
Downside
%
Severe Downside
%
 
Unemployment rate 
4.0 
3.9 
4.7 
6.2  
Consumer price growth  
2.7 
2.8 
2.6 
2.5  
GDP 
1.8 
2.2 
1.5 
1.0  
Mortgage debt as a percentage of household income 
102.8 
101.7 
104.3 
105.9  
Real household disposable income 
1.0 
1.3 
0.7 
0.4  
Probability weighting 
45 
35 
15 
5  
 
 
 
  
Sensitivity analysis 
 
 
 
  
Increase (decrease) in gross balance stage allocation under 
100% probability weighting: 
 
 
 
  
Stage 1 
£14.4m 
£82.0m 
£(86.4)m 
£(300.0)m  
Stage 2 
£(14.4)m 
£(82.0)m 
£86.4m 
£300.0m  
Increase (decrease) on ECL provision under 100% probability 
weighting 
£(3.8)m 
£(7.4)m 
£9.7m 
£30.6m  
Unsecured 
£(3.8)m 
£(7.4)m 
£9.7m 
£30.4m  
Secured 
£(0.0)m 
£(0.0)m 
£0.0m 
£0.2m  
 
The significant changes in the base scenario reflect current uncertain conditions, with concerns of potential recession and spikes in 
inflation and interest rates. This contrasts with the prior year which saw the outlook improving following the Covid-19 pandemic, with 
higher levels of unemployment not materialising to the extent predicted.  
 
The sensitivity disclosed above is based on the modelled ECL and does not include overlays and PMAs.  
 
Further explanation of the inputs, assumptions, estimation techniques used at the reporting date in measuring ECLs are set out at note 
13. 
 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 28 February 2023 
59 
 
2. 
Critical accounting estimates and judgements 
(continued) 
 
Capitalisation and carrying value of intangible assets 
Capitalisation of intangible assets involves an assessment as 
to the appropriateness of costs that meet the qualifying 
criteria of IAS 38. 
 
Intangible assets are assessed to ensure they continue to meet 
the criteria of IAS 38, and for indicators of impairment, at each 
balance sheet date or more frequently where required by 
changes in circumstances. 
 
Where impairments are indicated, the carrying values of fixed 
assets are written down by the amount of the impairment and 
the charge is recognised in profit or loss in the period in which 
it occurs. A previously recognised impairment charge on an 
intangible asset may be reversed in full or in part where a 
change in circumstances leads to a change in the estimates 
used to determine its recoverable amount. The carrying value 
of the asset will only be increased to the carrying value at 
which it would have been held had the impairment not been 
recognised.  
 
Details of any impairments recognised in the period are 
disclosed in notes 19 & 20. 
 
Effective interest rate 
In calculating the effective interest rate of a financial 
instrument, the Group takes into account all amounts that are 
integral to the yield of a financial instrument as well as 
incremental transaction costs. In the case of loans and 
advances to customers significant judgement is applied in 
estimating the effect of various factors, including future 
customer transactional and repayment behaviours, on future 
cash flows. As at 28 February 2023 the carrying value of the EIR 
asset was £108m (2022: £112m). 
 
Estimates are based on historical experience from similar 
product types. Management considers that the most material 
judgements are the post promotional yield and the repayment 
rate on the Bank’s credit card portfolio.  
 
To the extent that post promotional yield were to shift by +/- 
100bps, the value of EIR asset would change by +/- £5m. To the 
extent that the repayment rate were to increase by +/-5% the 
value of the EIR asset would change by +/- £2.5m.  
 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 28 February 2023 
60 
 
 
3. 
Net interest income 
 
Accounting 
policy 
Interest income and expense in the income statement is determined using the effective interest rate method. 
This calculation takes into account all amounts that are integral to the yield as well as incremental transaction 
costs. The effective interest rate is the rate that discounts the expected future cash flows over the expected life 
of the financial instrument to the net carrying amount of the financial asset or liability at initial recognition. 
 
The effective interest rate of a financial asset is calculated on initial recognition and is applied to the gross 
carrying amount of the asset. For financial assets that have subsequently become credit-impaired, interest 
income is calculated by applying the effective interest rate to the amortised cost of the financial asset net of any 
provision for expected credit losses. If the asset is no longer credit impaired, then the calculation of interest 
income reverts to the gross basis.  
 
Interest income calculated using the effective interest method presented in the income statement includes 
interest on financial assets and financial liabilities measured at amortised cost, at fair value through other 
comprehensive income and the effective portion of hedge accounting instruments. Interest expense presented 
in the statement of profit or loss includes financial liabilities measured at amortised cost and the effective portion 
of hedge accounting instruments for derivatives in a hedge accounting relationship.  
 
Interest income and expense on other financial assets and financial liabilities at FVPL are presented in fair value 
gains on financial instruments (see note 7). 
 
Interest expense on lease liabilities is included within Interest expense on customer accounts, deposits and 
borrowings. 
 
  
2023 
2022 
 The Group 
£m 
£m 
  
  
  
Interest income calculated using the effective interest rate method: 
  
  
Interest income on financial assets measured at amortised cost 
366 
319 
Interest income on financial assets measured at FVOCI 
13 
2 
Interest income on derivatives 
15 
- 
Other interest income 
- 
1 
Interest receivable 
394 
322 
  
  
  
  
  
  
Interest expense on customer accounts, deposits and borrowings  
(62) 
(16) 
Interest expense on subordinated liabilities 
(12) 
(11) 
Interest expense on derivatives 
- 
(16) 
Interest payable 
(74) 
(43) 
  
  
  
Net interest income 
320 
279 
 
 
 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 28 February 2023 
61 
 
4. 
Net fees and commissions income 
 
Accounting 
policy 
Fees and commissions income 
Fees and commissions that are not integral to the effective interest rate calculation primarily relate to Credit Card 
and ATM interchange fees, and Insurance introduction commission receivable from insurance partners. These 
fees are recognised in line with the satisfaction of performance obligations. This can either be at a point in time 
or over time.  
 
Banking income 
The Group earns income on Credit card and ATM interchange fees, and from transaction-based fees which are 
charged to the customer’s account. The revenue relating to transactions is recognised at the point in time when 
the transaction takes place.  
 
Insurance income 
The Group earns commission income from the sale of insurance policies underwritten by a third party. This 
commission income is recognised as policies are sold, in line with the satisfaction of performance obligations to 
the customers.  
 
Contract balances 
Contract assets relate to the incremental costs of obtaining a contract with a customer. These costs are 
capitalised and deferred over the period to which performance obligations are satisfied and revenue is earned. 
Judgement is applied by management when determining what costs qualify to be capitalised, in particular 
whether these costs are incremental and whether they are expected to be recoverable.  
 
 
 
Disaggregation of fee and commission income  
 
In the following table, fee and commission income from contracts with customers in scope of IFRS 15 is disaggregated by major type 
of service.  
 
  
2023 
2022 
 The Group 
£m 
£m 
  
  
  
Banking income 
72 
62 
Insurance income 
36 
39 
Other income 
1 
2 
Total fees and commission income 
109 
103 
  
  
  
Fees payable 
(10) 
(29) 
Total fees and commission payable 
(10) 
(29) 
  
  
  
Net fees and commission income 
99 
74 
 
 
Capitalised costs incurred to obtain contracts in the year were £2m (2022: £5m) and the unamortised balance as at the reporting date, 
included within other assets in note 22 was £5m (2022: £7m). These costs relate to incremental costs of acquiring insurance contracts 
with customers.  
 
The amount of amortisation recognised in the year relating to capitalised costs to obtain contracts with customers was £4m (2022: 
£4m). 
 
 
 
 
 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 28 February 2023 
62 
 
5. 
Other operating income 
 
Accounting 
policy 
Margin from the sale of Travel Money, representing the difference between the purchase price and the selling 
price, is recognised on the effective date of the customer transaction. 
 
2023
2022 
The Group 
£m
£m 
Travel Money income 
28
6
Other operating income 
28
6
 
Other operating income relates to the Bank’s sale of foreign currency and related products through its Travel Money business. Income 
increased in the year as there were minimal travel restrictions compared to 2022 when restrictions resulted in Travel Money bureaux 
being closed for part of the period. 
 
 
6. 
Administrative expenses 
 
 
2023 
2022 
 The Group 
£m 
£m 
  
  
  
Staff costs: 
  
  
Wages and salaries 
(74) 
(71) 
Social security costs 
(9) 
(8) 
Pension costs 
(4) 
(5) 
Share-based payments 
(5) 
(4) 
  
(92) 
(88) 
  
  
  
Other operating costs 
(174) 
(168) 
  
(266) 
(256) 
 
Staff costs and other operating costs include £6m (2022: £17m) of non-underlying items as described in note 8. 
 
See note 9 for further details on employee arrangements. 
 
7. 
Gains/(losses) on financial assets and liabilities 
 
2023
2022 
The Group 
£m
£m 
 
 
Realised gains on derecognition 
1
2 
 
Fair value gains on derivatives not in an effective hedge relationship 
1
2 
 
Further detail on the Group’s hedging policies is provided in note 17. 
 
Finance fair value movements relate to net fair value movements on derivative financial instruments not designated in a hedging 
relationship and any hedge ineffectiveness that is expected to amortise over the remaining life of the hedged items. 
 
 
 
 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 28 February 2023 
63 
 
8. 
Non-underlying items 
 
Certain items recognised in the Group’s profit before taxation are of an unusual and infrequent nature and do not relate to the Group’s 
underlying performance. The Directors believe that the ‘underlying profit before tax’ measure presented provides a clear and consistent 
presentation of the underlying performance of the Group. Underlying profit is not defined by IFRS and therefore may not be directly 
comparable with the ‘adjusted’ profit measures of other companies. 
 
2023 
2022 
The Group 
£m 
£m 
 
 
Impairment of Intangible and Tangible assets 
- 
(1) 
New Bank Programme transition costs 
- 
(12) 
Provisions 
(3) 
- 
Strategic initiatives  
(3) 
(5) 
Total non-underlying items - Costs 
(6) 
(18) 
 
Fair value gains on hedge ineffectiveness of derivatives in hedge relationship 
1 
2 
Total non-underlying items - Gains / losses on financial instruments 
1 
2 
Total non-underlying items 
(5) 
(16) 
 
New Bank Programme activity concluded in the year ended 28 February 2022, with costs principally comprised of contractor and service 
provider costs relating to the migration of data and other services to the Group’s new infrastructure and operating model.  
 
Provisions relate to liabilities arising from the historic New Bank Programme transition. As these are material and relate to a historic 
time period, they are recognised outside of underlying profit in order to provide a clear and consistent view of the Group’s underlying 
performance. For more detail see note 27 on provisions.  
 
In the year to 28 February 2023, costs relating to strategic initiatives reflect one off projects to simplify the business and drive 
efficiencies and predominantly is consultancy costs. In the year to 28 February 2022 strategic initiatives principally related to costs 
associated with the strategic decision to exit certain elements of our office accommodation and costs connected to the potential sale 
of Sainsbury’s Bank by J Sainsbury plc. 
 
9. 
Employees 
 
The average monthly number of colleagues working on the Group’s operations during the year is set out below. 
 
2023
2022
The Group 
Number
Number
 
 
Full time 
1,299
1,265
Part time 
924
851
2,223
2,116
Full time equivalent 
1,803
1,752
 
Colleague costs are disclosed in administrative expenses in note 6. 
 
Included in average colleague headcount were 87 Travel Money colleagues (2022: 203) who were seconded to the Sainsbury’s retail 
business, with the related costs being recharged. Further details on recharges is provided in note 27. 
 
Colleagues are eligible to join the defined contribution pension arrangements of J Sainsbury plc. These plans are also used where 
colleagues have been automatically enrolled into a pension. Contributions paid by the Group are based on grade and the amount that 
the colleague chooses to pay or whether they have been automatically enrolled. 
 
The pension cost charge for the year (see note 6) represents contributions payable by the Group was entirely in relation to the defined 
contribution schemes. 
 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 28 February 2023 
64 
 
10. 
Director’s emoluments 
 
2023 
2022 
The Bank 
£m 
£m 
 
Emoluments 
2.1 
3.5
Share-based payments 
1.1 
1.1
3.2 
4.6
 
 
Highest paid director: 
 
 
Emoluments 
1.0 
1.8
Share-based payments 
0.7 
0.7
1.7 
2.5 
 
The Directors’ positions and remuneration status are set out in the Directors’ report on page 31. The emoluments set out above include 
those Directors who held office during the year.  
 
All executive Directors were employed and remunerated by the Group.  
 
During the year two Directors (2022: two) received share awards under J Sainsbury plc share incentive schemes reflective of their 
qualifying services. Two Directors (2022: none) exercised share options in the year including the highest paid Director. Further detail of 
the relevant incentive plans is outlined in note 37.  
 
During the year two Directors (2022: two) accrued retirement benefits in respect of qualifying services under defined contribution 
schemes. No directors (2022: none) were paid a sum following retirement in the year.  
 
Payments were made to independent Non-Executive Directors who served during the year and are included in the above details. There 
was no recharge to the Bank in respect of emoluments for Non-Executive Directors who were employed by J Sainsbury plc as their 
emoluments are deemed to be wholly attributable to services to the parent company. See Directors report on page 31 for further details. 
 
11. 
Profit / (loss) before taxation 
 
2023 
2022 
The Group 
£m 
£m 
Profit / (loss) before taxation is stated including the following items of income and (expense): 
Loss on disposal of intangible assets 
-
-
Loss on disposal of tangible assets 
-
-
Impairment loss 
(0.1)
(1.3)
Auditors’ remuneration:  
Statutory audit of the Group 
(1.2)
(1.1)
 
Audit-related assurance services were also performed by the Statutory Auditors during the year in respect of assurance work over 
consolidated management information and providing comfort in respect of figures included in a prospectus for the issuance of 
subordinated debt. Fees for this work totalled £0.15m (2022: £0.03m assurance over balances prepositioned with the Bank of England). 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 28 February 2023 
65 
 
 
12. 
Taxation 
 
Accounting 
policy 
Taxation on the profit or loss for the year comprises current and deferred tax. Income tax is recognised in the 
income statement except to the extent that it relates to items recognised directly in equity, in which case it is 
recognised in equity. Taxation is determined using tax rates (and laws) enacted or substantively enacted at the 
balance sheet date. Deferred tax is provided using the balance sheet liability method, providing for temporary 
differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the 
amounts used for taxation purposes. 
 
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset against each other when there is a legally enforceable right to set-off 
current taxation assets against current taxation liabilities and it is the intention to settle these on a net basis. 
 
  
2023 
2022 
 The Group 
£m 
£m 
  
  
  
UK corporation tax on profit for the year  
7 
3 
Adjustments in respect of prior years 
(2) 
- 
Current tax 
5 
3 
  
  
  
Deferred tax charge  
  
  
Change in tax rate 
- 
(3) 
Origination and reversal of temporary differences 
2 
1 
Adjustments in respect of prior years 
4 
2 
Deferred tax 
6 
- 
  
  
  
Total tax charge 
11 
3 
 
Differences between profit before tax multiplied by the UK corporation tax rate for the year of 19% and the income tax expense 
recognised in the income statement are explained below: 
 
  
2023 
2022 
 The Group 
£m 
£m 
  
  
  
Profit/(Loss) before taxation 
44 
21 
  
  
  
Tax on ordinary activities at 19% (2022: 19%) 
8 
4 
Effects: 
  
  
Change in Corporation Tax rate  
- 
(3) 
Non-deductible expenses 
1 
- 
Adjustment in respect of prior years 
2 
2 
  
  
  
Total income tax (credit) recognised in the income statement 
11 
3 
 
In the current period, the substantively enacted UK Corporation tax rate applicable to the company was 19% (2022: 19%).  
 
Deferred income tax assets have been recognised in respect of all income tax losses and other temporary differences giving rise to 
deferred income tax assets because it is probable that these assets will be recovered.  
 
It was announced in the UK Government’s Budget on 3 March 2021 that the main UK corporation tax rate will increase to 25% from 1 
April 2023. This change was substantively enacted on 24 May 2021. Closing deferred tax assets and liabilities have therefore been 
recalculated taking into account this change of rate and the applicable period when the deferred tax assets and liabilities are expected 
to crystallise. 
 
It was announced on 27 October 2021 that the UK banking surcharge will decrease from 8% to 3% from 1 April 2023 and that the 
surcharge allowance available to banking groups would increase from £25m to £100m. This legislation was enacted on 24 February 
2022. 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 28 February 2023 
66 
 
13. 
Loans and advances to customers 
 
Accounting 
policy 
Loans and advances are initially recognised at fair value and subsequently held at amortised cost, using the 
effective interest method, less provision for impairment and recognised on the balance sheet when cash is 
advanced.  
 
The accounting policies for classification and measurement under IFRS are detailed in note 1. 
 
ECL impairment model 
IFRS 9 uses a 3 stage forward-looking expected credit loss (ECL) approach. IFRS 9 requires the Group to record an 
allowance for ECL for all loans and other debt financial assets not held at FVPL, together with loan commitments 
and financial guarantee contracts. The allowance is calculated by reference to the estimated probability of default 
(PD), exposure at default (EAD) and loss given default (LGD). 
 
The probability of default represents the likelihood of a borrower defaulting either within 12 months from the 
balance sheet date or within the expected lifetime of the instrument. 
 
Exposure at default represents the expected amount due from the borrower at the point of default by reference to 
exposure at the balance sheet date adjusted for expected future changes including repayments and utilisation of 
undrawn facilities. 
 
Loss given default represents the expected percentage loss at the point of default relative to the EAD. The estimate 
takes into account utilisation of any expected collections and recoveries strategies, debt sale arrangements and 
collateral.  
 
The 3 stage model to determine impairment allowance is summarised as follows: 
• 
Stage 1 – Impairment allowance on financial assets that have not significantly increased in credit risk 
since origination, nor are credit impaired, is calculated using the probability that a borrower will default 
within 12 months from the balance sheet date. Interest income is recognised on the gross carrying value 
of the financial asset. 
• 
Stage 2 – Where a financial asset exhibits a significant increase in credit risk (SICR) but is not yet 
considered to be credit impaired, the probability of default considered in the impairment allowance is 
based upon the lifetime probability of the borrower defaulting. Interest income continues to be 
recognised on the gross carrying value of the financial asset. 
• 
Stage 3 – Assets considered to be credit impaired. One or more events has occurred that has resulted in a 
detrimental impact on the estimated future cash flows of the asset. Stage 3 assets will continue to 
recognise lifetime expected impairment losses (with a 100% probability of default) and interest income 
will be recognised on the net carrying amount (i.e., gross amount less impairment allowance). 
In determining ECL allowances, expected future recoveries are discounted to the reporting date at the original 
effective interest rate of the relevant instrument. 
 
A number of inputs and variables used in the ECL calculation are not defined within IFRS 9 and involve complex 
modelling and application of judgement as discussed in the remainder of this section. Further details on these 
critical accounting judgements can be found in note 2.  
 Undrawn commitments 
Undrawn loan, credit card and store-card commitments are commitments under which the Group is required to 
provide a loan with pre-specified terms to the customer. Under IFRS 9 these contracts are in scope of the ECL 
requirements. 
The Group is required to estimate the extent to which undrawn commitments and facilities will be utilised by 
borrowers. 
The nominal contractual value of these commitments, where the lending agreed to be provided is on market terms, 
are not recorded in the Balance Sheet. The ECLs in relation to undrawn commitments are disclosed in note 32. The 
impairment allowance in respect of these instruments is included within provisions for liabilities and charges as 
there is no related asset on balance sheet against which to offset the related impairment allowance 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 28 February 2023 
67 
 
13. 
Loans and advances to customers (continued) 
 
The Group’s gross lending exposure before deduction of impairment provisions is analysed below:  
The Group 
 
The Bank 
 
  
2023 
2022 
2023 
2022 
  
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
  
  
  
  
  
Gross advances 
5,577 
5,286 
4,683 
4,429 
Impairment  
(239) 
(203) 
(135) 
(118) 
Adjustment in relation to fair value hedging 
(45) 
(16) 
7 
- 
Loans and advances to customers 
5,293 
5,067 
4,555 
4,311 
  
  
  
  
  
Gross advances being: 
  
  
  
  
Repayable on demand 
2,388 
2,031 
1,949 
1,624 
Other loans and advances repayable: 
  
  
  
  
In 3 months or less 
531 
382 
222 
199 
Between 3 months and 1 year 
662 
789 
519 
524 
Between 1 and 5 years 
1,459 
1,409 
1,456 
1,408 
After 5 years 
537 
675 
537 
674 
  
5,577 
5,286 
4,683 
4,429 
 
The Group 
The Bank 
2023 
2022
2023
2022 
 
£m 
£m
£m
£m 
 
 
 
 
Individuals: 
 
 
 
 
Secured Lending 
581 
782
581 
781 
Unsecured Lending 
4,996 
4,504
4,102
3,648 
Gross loans and advances to customers 
5,577 
5,286
4.683
4,429 
 
Eligible personal and mortgage loans with applicable haircuts are used as collateral for the Group’s securitisation facility and the Bank 
of England’s Term Funding Scheme Small and Medium-sized enterprises (TFSME) and Indexed Long-term Repo (ILTR) facilities. 
 
As at 28 February 2023 £414m (2022: £558m) of Personal Loans assets and £459m (2022: £626m) of Mortgage assets were pledged to the 
Bank of England facilitating funding of £660m (2022: £661) from the TFSME and £nil (2022: £225m) from the ILTR. These drawings were 
further supported by the indirect pledging of personal loans collateral via our securitisation facilities as outlined in the following 
paragraph.  
 
The Bank has also securitised and sold personal loans to a special purpose vehicle (SPV) as part of a securitisation. The SPV has issued 
a £500m Senior class A note and £121m Junior class Z note to the bank. As at 28 February 2023, the Bank had pledged £621m (2022: 
£621m) of personal loans to the SPV. Of the A notes held by the Bank £200m (2022: £200m) have been pre-positioned with the Bank of 
England to support the funding facilities outlined in the previous paragraph of which £80m (2022: £80m) was encumbered.  
 
As at the 28 February 2023, the Bank had also pledged £nil (2022: £28m) of the A note as collateral in a repurchase agreement and £111m 
(2022: £28m) in a collateral swap. These are backed by £137m (2022: £69m) of personal loans generating £88m (2022: £50m) of funding.  
 
Within the reconciliations which follow, transfers reflect balance and provision movements between the opening or origination 
classification of an account and its classification at the closing date of the reporting period. It does not reflect the cumulative impact 
of intra period movements such as an account moving multiple times between stages during the period. The below reconciliations 
include expected credit losses on Gross Exposures and loan commitments, whereas the gross carrying amount is on balance sheet 
exposures only. 
 
 
 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 28 February 2023 
68 
 
13. 
Loans and advances to customers (continued) 
 
Unsecured allowance for impairment losses measured under IFRS 9 
Reconciliation of Expected Credit Loss Allowance (ECL) and Gross Carrying Amount (GCA) of unsecured Loans and advances 
measured at amortised cost 
 
Non-credit-impaired 
Credit-impaired 
Total 
Unsecured Lending 
Stage 1 
Stage 2 
Stage 3 
 
 
GCA 
ECL 
GCA 
ECL 
GCA 
ECL 
GCA 
ECL 
The Group 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As at 1 March 2022  
3,823 
(43) 
513 
(56) 
168 
(119) 
4,504 
(218) 
of which Impairment on Gross Balance 
  
(32) 
  
(48) 
  
(119) 
  
(199) 
of which Undrawn commitments Impairment 
  
(11) 
  
(8) 
  
- 
  
(19) 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Transfers of financial assets: 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
To Stage 1 
232 
(18) 
(230) 
17 
(2) 
1 
- 
- 
To Stage 2 
(215) 
4 
217 
(4) 
(2) 
- 
- 
- 
To Stage 3 
(55) 
2 
(42) 
10 
97 
(12) 
- 
- 
Net Transfer between stages 
  
(12) 
  
23 
  
(11) 
  
- 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Increases due to originations(1) 
1,598 
(17) 
139 
(10) 
17 
(8) 
1,753 
(35) 
Decreases due to repayments 
(1,068) 
9 
(100) 
7 
(26) 
19 
(1,194) 
35 
Write offs 
(2) 
- 
(17) 
4 
(49) 
33 
(68) 
37 
Changes in credit risk(2) 
- 
8 
- 
(28) 
- 
(58) 
- 
(78) 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
As at 28 February 2023 
4,313 
(55) 
480 
(60) 
203 
(144) 
4,995 
(259) 
of which Impairment on Gross Balance 
 
(42) 
 
(53) 
 
(144) 
 
(239) 
of which Undrawn commitments Impairment 
 
(13) 
 
(7) 
 
- 
 
(20) 
In addition to the natural flow of balances, transfers between stages identified above have also been driven by model calibration 
applied in the year. Overall, the closing proportion of stage 2 exposures within the unsecured portfolio was lower than at 28 February 
2022 reflecting model calibration in respect of SICR criteria. 
 
 
Non-credit-impaired 
Credit-impaired 
Total 
Unsecured Lending 
Stage 1 
Stage 2 
Stage 3 
 
 
GCA 
ECL 
GCA 
ECL 
GCA 
ECL 
GCA 
ECL 
The Group 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As at 1 March 2021 
3,649 
(49) 
546 
(68) 
206 
(158) 
4,401 
(275) 
of which Impairment on Gross Balance 
  
(40) 
  
(63) 
  
(157) 
  
(260) 
of which Undrawn commitments Impairment 
  
(9) 
  
(5) 
  
(1) 
  
(15) 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Transfers of financial assets: 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
To Stage 1 
95 
(10) 
(91) 
10 
(4) 
0 
- 
- 
To Stage 2 
(201) 
18 
204 
(18) 
(3) 
0 
- 
- 
To Stage 3 
(42) 
6 
(41) 
(1) 
83 
(5) 
- 
- 
Net Transfer between stages 
  
14 
  
(9) 
  
(5) 
  
- 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Increases due to originations(1) 
1,055 
(17) 
42 
(7) 
12 
(4) 
1,109 
(28) 
Decreases due to repayments 
(726) 
6 
(140) 
10 
(29) 
15 
(895) 
31 
Write offs 
(4) 
- 
(6) 
1 
(100) 
79 
(110) 
80 
Changes in credit risk(2) 
- 
2 
- 
18 
- 
(47) 
- 
(27) 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
As at 28 February 2022 
3,826 
(44) 
514 
(55) 
165 
(120) 
4,505 
(219) 
of which Impairment on Gross Balance 
 
(34) 
 
(47) 
 
(119) 
 
(200) 
of which Undrawn commitments Impairment 
 
(10) 
 
(8) 
 
(1) 
 
(19) 
(1) This also reflects assets which were originated in stage 1 and subsequently moved to stage 2 or stage 3 during the year. 
(2) Changes in credit risk includes changes to the allowance for credit impairment losses arising from stage transfers and other changes to risk parameters 
(such as management overlays).  
 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 28 February 2023 
69 
 
13. 
Loans and advances to customers (continued) 
 
 
Non-credit-impaired 
Credit-impaired 
Total 
Unsecured Lending 
Stage 1 
Stage 2 
Stage 3 
 
 
GCA 
ECL 
GCA 
ECL 
GCA 
ECL 
GCA 
ECL 
The Bank 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As at 1 March 2022  
3,121 
(24) 
433 
(30) 
93 
(69) 
3,647 
(123) 
of which Impairment on Gross Balance 
  
(21) 
  
(26) 
  
(68) 
  
(115) 
of which Undrawn commitments Impairment 
  
(3) 
  
(4) 
  
(1) 
  
(8) 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Transfers of financial assets: 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
To Stage 1 
207 
(11) 
(206) 
11 
(1) 
- 
- 
- 
To Stage 2 
(174) 
2 
175 
(2) 
(1) 
- 
- 
- 
To Stage 3 
(28) 
- 
(23) 
4 
51 
(4) 
- 
- 
Net Transfer between stages 
  
(9) 
  
13 
  
(4) 
  
- 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Increases due to originations(1) 
1,513 
(12) 
119 
(10) 
12 
(8) 
1,644 
(30) 
Decreases due to repayments 
(1,046) 
9 
(98) 
6 
(17) 
14 
(1,161) 
29 
Write offs 
- 
0 
(11) 
1 
(16) 
11 
(27) 
12 
Changes in credit risk(2) 
- 
8 
- 
(7) 
- 
(31) 
- 
(30) 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
As at 28 February 2023 
3,593 
(28) 
389 
(27) 
121 
(87) 
4,103 
(142) 
of which Impairment on Gross Balance 
 
(23) 
 
(25) 
 
(86) 
 
(134) 
of which Undrawn commitments Impairment 
 
(5) 
 
(2) 
 
(1) 
 
(8) 
 
 
 
Non-credit-impaired 
Credit-impaired 
Total 
Unsecured Lending 
Stage 1 
Stage 2 
Stage 3 
 
 
GCA 
ECL 
GCA 
ECL 
GCA 
ECL 
GCA 
ECL 
The Bank 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As at 1 March 2021 
2,903 
(28) 
463 
(40) 
137 
(109) 
3,503 
(177) 
of which Impairment on Gross Balance 
  
(25) 
  
(38) 
  
(108) 
  
(171) 
of which Undrawn commitments Impairment 
  
(3) 
  
(2) 
  
(1) 
  
(6) 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Transfers of financial assets: 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
To Stage 1 
71 
(9) 
(68) 
9 
(3) 
- 
- 
- 
To Stage 2 
(149) 
2 
152 
(2) 
(3) 
- 
- 
- 
To Stage 3 
(15) 
(10) 
(21) 
(14) 
36 
24 
- 
- 
Net Transfer between stages 
  
(17) 
  
(7) 
  
24 
  
- 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Increases due to originations(1) 
976 
(8) 
37 
(4) 
3 
(3) 
1,016 
(15) 
Decreases due to repayments 
(661) 
2 
(124) 
3 
(20) 
12 
(805) 
17 
Write offs 
(4) 
- 
(6) 
1 
(57) 
45 
(67) 
46 
Changes in credit risk(2) 
- 
26 
- 
18 
- 
(38) 
- 
6 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
As at 28 February 2022 
3,121 
(25) 
433 
(29) 
93 
(69) 
3,647 
(123) 
of which Impairment on Gross Balance 
 
(21) 
 
(25) 
 
(69) 
 
(115) 
of which Undrawn commitments Impairment 
 
(4) 
 
(4) 
 
- 
 
(8) 
(1) This also reflects assets which were originated in stage 1 and subsequently moved to stage 2 or stage 3 during the year. 
(2) Changes in credit risk includes changes to the allowance for credit impairment losses arising from stage transfers and other changes to risk parameters 
(such as management overlays).  
 
 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 28 February 2023 
70 
 
13. 
Loans and advances to customers (continued) 
 
Secured allowance for impairment losses measured under IFRS 9 
Reconciliation of Expected Credit Loss Allowance (ECL) and Gross Carrying Amount (GCA) of secured Loans and advances measured 
at amortised cost 
 
Non-credit-impaired 
Credit-impaired 
Total 
Secured Lending 
Stage 1 
Stage 2 
Stage 3 
 
 
GCA 
ECL 
GCA 
ECL 
GCA 
ECL 
GCA 
ECL 
The Group and Bank 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As at 1 March 2022 
711 
- 
61 
- 
10 
(3) 
782 
(3) 
of which Impairment on Gross Balance 
  
- 
  
- 
  
(3) 
  
(3) 
of which Undrawn commitments 
Impairment 
  
- 
  
- 
  
- 
  
- 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Transfers of financial assets: 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
To Stage 1 
11 
- 
(10) 
- 
(2) 
- 
(1) 
- 
To Stage 2 
(9) 
- 
10 
- 
- 
- 
1 
- 
To Stage 3 
(1) 
- 
(1) 
- 
2 
- 
- 
- 
Net Transfer between stages 
  
- 
  
- 
  
- 
  
- 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Increases due to originations(1) 
- 
- 
0 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
Decreases due to repayments 
(180) 
- 
(18) 
- 
(3) 
- 
(201) 
- 
Write offs 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
Changes in credit risk(2) 
  
- 
  
- 
  
2 
  
2 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
As at 28 February 2023 
532 
- 
42 
- 
7 
(1) 
581 
(1) 
of which Impairment on Gross Balance 
 
- 
 
- 
 
(1) 
 
(1) 
of which Undrawn commitments 
Impairment 
 
- 
 
- 
 
- 
 
- 
The key movements seen between Stage 1 and Stage 2 is reflective of the maturing profile of our closed Mortgage book as it 
continues to be repaid. 
 
 
Non-credit-impaired 
Credit-impaired 
Total 
Secured Lending 
Stage 1 
Stage 2 
Stage 3 
 
 
GCA 
ECL 
GCA 
ECL 
GCA 
ECL 
GCA 
ECL 
The Group and Bank 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As at 1 March 2021 
1,189 
- 
47 
- 
11 
(3) 
1,247 
(3) 
of which Impairment on Gross Balance 
  
- 
  
- 
  
(3) 
  
(3) 
of which Undrawn commitments Impairment 
  
- 
  
- 
  
- 
  
- 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Transfers of financial assets: 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
To Stage 1 
10 
- 
(10) 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
To Stage 2 
(35) 
- 
36 
- 
(1) 
- 
- 
- 
To Stage 3 
(3) 
- 
- 
- 
3 
- 
- 
- 
Net Transfer between stages 
  
- 
  
- 
  
- 
  
- 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Increases due to originations(1) 
- 
- 
2 
- 
- 
- 
2 
- 
Decreases due to repayments 
(450) 
- 
(14) 
- 
(3) 
- 
(467) 
- 
Write offs 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
Changes in credit risk(2) 
  
- 
  
- 
  
- 
  
- 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
As at 28 February 2022 
711 
- 
61 
- 
10 
(3) 
782 
(3) 
of which Impairment on Gross Balance 
 
- 
 
- 
 
(3) 
 
(3) 
of which Undrawn commitments Impairment 
 
- 
 
- 
 
- 
 
- 
 (1) This also reflects assets which were originated in stage 1 and subsequently moved to stage 2 or stage 3 during the year.  
(2) Changes in credit risk includes changes to the allowance for credit impairment losses arising from stage transfers and other changes to risk parameters 
(such as management overlays). 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 28 February 2023 
71 
 
13. 
Loans and advances to customers (continued) 
 
Reconciliation of movements in total loss allowance in the year to the income statement 
 
 
2023 
2022 
 
Non-credit-impaired 
 
 
 
 
Stage 1 
Stage 2 
Stage 3 
Total 
Stage 1 
Stage 2 
Stage 3 
Total 
The Group 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Transfers of financial assets: 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
To Stage 1 
(18) 
17 
1 
- 
(10) 
10 
- 
- 
To Stage 2 
5 
(5) 
- 
- 
17 
(17) 
- 
- 
To Stage 3 
2 
10 
(12) 
- 
6 
(1) 
(5) 
- 
Net Transfer between stages 
(11) 
22 
(11) 
- 
13 
(8) 
(5) 
- 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
Increases due to originations 
(17) 
(10) 
(8) 
(35) 
(17) 
(7) 
(4) 
(28) 
Decreases due to repayments 
9 
8 
16 
33 
8 
9 
16 
33 
Write offs 
0 
4 
33 
37 
- 
1 
79 
80 
Changes in credit risk 
8 
(28) 
(56) 
(76) 
2 
17 
(47) 
(28) 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
Movement in ECL allowance 
(11) 
(4) 
(26) 
(41) 
6 
12 
39 
57 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
Net expected credit loss 
charge 
  
  
  
(76) 
 
 
 
(22) 
Recoveries and write-offs 
  
  
  
(19) 
 
 
 
(29) 
C&R charges 
  
  
  
(12) 
 
 
 
(13) 
Total Income Statement 
Charge 
  
  
  
(107) 
 
 
 
(64) 
 
 
Analysis of Total Stage 2 balances by driver 
 
 
2023 
2022 
 
Gross 
balances 
ECL 
Gross balances 
ECL 
The Group 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
Currently >30 days past due 
35 
11 
33 
10 
Currently <30 days past due: 
 
 
 
 
Breach on PD threshold 
418 
47 
467 
44 
Policy Rule Changes 
69 
3 
73 
2 
Total Stage 2 at 28 February 2023 
522 
61 
573 
56 
 
 
2023 
2022 
 
Gross 
balances 
ECL 
Gross balances 
ECL 
The Bank 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
Currently >30 days past due 
20 
5 
20 
6 
Currently <30 days past due: 
 
 
 
 
Breach on PD threshold 
342 
20 
400 
23 
Policy Rule Changes 
68 
2 
73 
2 
Total Stage 2 at 28 February 2023 
430 
27 
493 
31 
 
 
 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 28 February 2023 
72 
 
14. 
Notes to the cash flow statement 
 
Accounting 
policy 
For the purpose of the cash flow statement, cash and cash equivalents comprises cash in hand, deposits at central 
banks (less mandatory deposits) and deposits with banks with an original maturity of three months or less, 
together with Treasury Bills and other short-term highly liquid investments that are readily convertible to a known 
amount of cash and are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value.  
 
Reconciliation of profit before taxation to cash flows used in operating activities  
The Group 
 
The Bank 
 
  
2023 
2022 
2023 
2022 
  
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
  
  
  
  
  
Profit / (loss) before taxation 
44 
21 
31 
8 
  
  
  
  
  
Non-cash and other items included in profit before taxation 
  
  
  
  
Impairment losses on loans and advances 
107 
62 
46 
14 
Depreciation on property, plant and equipment 
1 
2 
1 
2 
Amortisation of intangible assets 
31 
21 
26 
20 
Share-based payment expense 
5 
5 
5 
4 
Impairment, gains, (losses) and disposals 
- 
1 
- 
2 
Interest paid on subordinated liabilities 
9 
11 
9 
11 
  
153 
102 
87 
53 
  
  
  
  
  
Change in operating assets and liabilities 
  
  
  
  
Net decrease / (increase) in loans and advances to customers 
(333) 
263 
(290) 
274 
Net (increase) in derivative assets 
(65) 
(17) 
(29) 
(17) 
Net (increase) in Loans and advances to other banks greater than 3 months 
(4) 
(86) 
(4) 
(86) 
Net (increase) / decrease in investment securities greater than 3 months 
(207) 
117 
(207) 
117 
Net increase / (decrease) in derivative liabilities 
34 
(10) 
34 
(10) 
Net decrease in other assets 
34 
35 
5 
54 
Net increase / (decrease) in customer accounts 
500 
(893) 
500 
(893) 
Net increase / (decrease) in borrowed funds 
188 
(137) 
188 
(137) 
Net (decrease) in other liabilities including provisions 
20 
26 
34 
30 
  
167 
(702) 
231 
(668) 
 
Cash generated from / (used in) operations 
364 
(579) 
349 
(607) 
Income taxes paid 
(4) 
- 
(4) 
- 
Cash flows generated from / (used in) operating activities 
360 
(579) 
345 
(607) 
 
Operational cash flows from interest 
  
  
Interest paid 
(40) 
(51) 
(28) 
(51) 
Interest received 
407 
347 
284 
231 
  
367 
296 
256 
180   
 
 
 
 
 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 28 February 2023 
73 
 
14. 
Notes to the cash flow statement (continued) 
 
Reconciliation of liabilities arising from financing activities  
The Group 
 
The Bank 
 
  
2023 
2022 
2023 
2022 
 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
Subordinated liabilities: 
  
  
  
  
At 1 March 
179 
179 
179 
179 
Issuance of loan notes 
120 
- 
120 
- 
Redemption of loan notes 
(175) 
- 
(175) 
- 
Non-cash movements 
(2) 
- 
(2) 
- 
At 28 February  
122 
179 
122 
179 
  
 
The Group 
The Bank 
  
2022 
2022 
2023 
2022 
 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
Lease liabilities: 
  
  
  
  
At 1 March 
3 
5 
3 
5 
Lease payments 
(1) 
(2) 
(1) 
(2) 
Lease modifications 
- 
- 
- 
- 
Lease interest 
- 
- 
- 
- 
At 28 February  
2 
3 
2 
3 
 
Restricted cash balances 
The Group 
The Bank 
2023 
2022
2023
2022
 
£m 
£m  
£m
£m
 
Bank of England deposit 
15 
15
15
15
15 
15
15
15
 
A reserve deposit is held with the Bank of England in accordance with statutory requirements. This deposit is not available for use in 
day-to-day operations and has been excluded from the cash and cash equivalents balance in the cash flow statement.  

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 28 February 2023 
74 
 
15. 
Cash, balances with central banks and other demand deposits 
 
The Group 
The Bank 
2023 
2022 
2023 
2022
£m 
£m  
£m 
£m
 
 
Cash and balances with central banks 
471 
329
471 
329
Other demand deposits 
75 
58
28 
17
546 
387
499 
346
 
The balances with central banks are repayable on demand, with the exception of the £15m (2022: £15m) reserve deposit pledged to Bank 
of England as part of its Cash Ratio Deposit scheme (see note 14). There were no significant credit losses expected on cash and other 
demand deposits.  
 
16. 
Loans and advances to banks 
 
Accounting 
policy 
Loans and advances to other banks, including reverse repurchase agreements, are initially recognised at fair 
value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method. 
 
The Group and Bank 
 
2023
2022
 
 
£m
£m
 
Reverse repurchase agreements 
100
50
Fixed Term Funds 
-
71
100
121
Other loans and advances to other banks: 
  On demand 
-
-
  In 3 months or less 
-
25
  Between 3 months and 1 year 
100
96
100
121
 
Under IFRS9, the Group holds an impairment provision for loans and advances to other banks of £nil (2022: nil) 
 
17. 
Derivative financial instruments 
 
Accounting 
policy 
All derivative financial instruments are initially recognised at fair value on the contract date and are re-measured 
to their fair value at each subsequent reporting date. Changes in fair value of all derivative instruments are 
recognised immediately in the income statement. Fair values are obtained from observable market data before 
the application of appropriate discounting factors. 
 
Where the overall carrying value of a derivative is positive it is held and classified on the balance sheet as an asset. 
Alternatively, when the overall carrying value of a derivative is negative it is held and classified as a liability. 
 
The Group intends to use derivatives for economic purposes only, and not for trading. Where possible it will elect 
to designate the derivative into an effective hedge accounting relationship, where the gains and losses on 
derivatives are offset by effective hedged item adjustments within the income statement. 
 
Fair value hedging 
The Group designates certain derivatives as fair value hedges where the derivative financial instrument hedges the 
change in fair value of the particular risks inherent in recognised assets or liabilities (fair value hedges). 
 
The Group has adopted IFRS 9 hedge accounting requirements for fair value hedges of investment securities and 
its Fixed Rate Debt issuance. These instruments are hedged via plain vanilla interest rate swaps, with the critical  

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 28 February 2023 
75 
 
17. 
Derivative financial instruments (continued) 
 
 
economic terms of both the hedging instrument and hedged item matching. The notional amount, fixed interest 
legs and maturity dates are economically matched. The main source of ineffectiveness within the micro hedge 
relationships relates to the floating leg valuation changes inherent within the hedging instrument that do not exist 
within the hedged item. 
 
The Group continues to adopt IAS 39 for its macro portfolio fair value hedges of fixed rate personal loans and 
residential mortgages, as it is permitted to do so under IFRS 9 and until the point that the new Dynamic Risk 
Management hedge accounting standard is finalised and adopted. 
 
Portfolio fair value hedging allows the designation of the whole or part of a portfolio of assets or liabilities with 
similar risk exposures. The hedged item can be designated based on expected maturities to match the hedging 
derivative maturity. Hedge effectiveness is considered to have been met where the change in fair value of the 
hedged item offsets the change in fair value of hedging instruments, within the 80% to 125% ratio corridor. 
Ineffectiveness on portfolio hedges can arise as a result of several factors, including floating leg valuation changes 
inherent within the hedging instrument that do not exist within the hedged item, mismatch in cash flow maturities 
between the hedged item and hedging instrument and basis risk between cash flows discounted using different 
benchmark rates. 
 
To qualify for hedge accounting the Group documents at the inception of the hedge, the hedging risk management 
strategy, the relationship between the hedging instrument and the hedged item or transaction and the nature of 
the risks being hedged. The Group also documents the assessment of the effectiveness of the hedging relationship, 
to show that the hedge is expected to be (prospectively) and, subsequently, has been (retrospectively) effective. 
 
Derivatives not in a hedge accounting relationship 
The Group’s entire derivative portfolio is executed for economic purposes. Under IAS 39 rules, for macro portfolio 
hedging, some of the Group’s hedging derivatives do not qualify, or prove too onerous, to be designated into an 
effective hedged relationship. In those instances, the interest rate swaps are viewed as trading derivatives under 
IFRS 9 with any movements in fair value recognised in the income statement, without offset. In October 2022, the 
Bank entered a £200m short term (<12 month) interest rate swap (2022: £nil) in order to manage the additional 
volatility experienced in the interest rate environment in late 2022.This swap was not designated into a hedge 
accounting relationship and therefore movements in fair value are recognised in the income statement without 
offset. 
 
Foreign currency derivative contracts 
Foreign currency exposure arises from currency holdings within the Group’s travel money business. 
 
The Group entered into foreign exchange derivative contracts to hedge foreign currency exposure. Foreign 
exchange derivative instruments included FX spot, FX forwards and FX swaps. As at 28 February 2023, the Group 
reported a FX derivative asset of £nil (2022: £1m) and a FX derivative liability of £nil (2022: £1m). 
 
Fair value hedges  
The amounts relating to items designated as hedging instruments and hedge ineffectiveness were as follows. 
The Group 
 
Carrying Amount 
 
Ineffectiveness recognised 
in income statement
£m
Notional
amount 
Assets
Liabilities
£m 
£m
£m
 
 
 
 
Interest rate swaps - Hedge of loans and advances 
 
 
 
 
At 28 February 2023 
2,824 
98
(53)
-
At 28 February 2022 
3,226 
34
(18)
2
Further detail on the fair value of hedged item can be found in Notes 13 and 25. 
 
 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 28 February 2023 
76 
 
17. 
Derivative financial instruments (continued) 
 
The Bank 
 
Carrying Amount 
 
Ineffectiveness recognised 
in income statement
£m
Notional
amount 
Assets
Liabilities
£m 
£m
£m
Interest rate swaps - Hedge of loans and advances 
 
 
 
 
At 28 February 2023 
2,203 
46
(53)
-
At 28 February 2022 
2,614 
19
(19)
2
 
Derivatives not in fair value hedge accounting relationship are as follows 
 
The Group and Bank 
Notional amount
Assets 
Liabilities
 
£m
£m 
£m
Interest rate swap 
 
 
At 28 February 2023 
209
1 
-
At 28 February 2022 
9
0 
-
Foreign currency swap 
 
At 28 February 2023 
14
0 
-
At 28 February 2022 
113
1 
(1)
 
The line item in the Balance Sheet where the hedging instrument is included is ‘Derivative financial instruments’. The line item in the 
income statement that includes hedge ineffectiveness is ‘Fair value gains on financial instruments’. 
 
The maturity profile and average price/rate of the hedging instruments in fair value hedges of interest rates were as follows: 
 
The Group 
Maturity 
Less than 1 month
1-3 months 3 months – 1 year
1-5 years More than 5 years 
 
 
 
 
As at February 2023 
 
 
 
 
 
Fair value hedges 
 
 
Nominal amount (£’m) 
-
125
589
748
1,362 
Average fixed interest rate 
-
0.7%
0.7%
1.2%
3.5% 
 
 
As at February 2022 
 
 
Fair value hedges 
 
 
- Nominal amount (£’m) 
-
138
584
1,246
1,267 
- Average fixed interest rate 
-
0.5%
0.6%
0.7%
0.1% 
 
The Bank 
Maturity 
Less than 1 month
1-3 months 3 months – 1 year
1-5 years More than 5 years 
 
 
 
 
As at February 2023 
 
 
 
 
 
Fair value hedges 
 
 
Nominal amount (£’m) 
-
125
589
748
741 
Average fixed interest rate 
-
0.7%
0.7%
1.2%
5.3% 
 
 
As at February 2022 
 
 
Fair value hedges 
 
 
- Nominal amount (£’m) 
-
138
584
1,246
646 
- Average fixed interest rate 
-
0.5%
0.6%
0.7%
0.1% 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 28 February 2023 
77 
 
18. 
 Investment securities 
 
Accounting 
policy 
These comprise debt securities and other fixed interest securities, including Treasury and other eligible bills and 
are recognised on the date the contract is entered into. Investment securities are measured at amortised cost or 
FVOCI based on their contractual terms and the business model in which they are held.  
 
Impairment of investment securities 
As with customer lending, impairment of investment securities is determined under IFRS 9- again using a 3 stage 
forward-looking expected credit loss (ECL) approach. IFRS 9 requires the Group to record an allowance for ECL for 
all loans and other debt financial assets not held at FVPL, together with loan commitments and financial 
guarantee contracts. The allowance is calculated by reference to the estimated probability of default (PD), 
exposure at default (EAD) and loss given default (LGD) 
 
The Group and Bank 
2023
2022
 
£m
£m
Investment securities comprise the following: 
 
 
Equity investments 
2
1
Gilts 
0
98
Government backed investment securities 
71
67
T-Bills 
25
-
Covered bonds 
418
169
Supranational investment securities 
13
55
Asset backed securities 
162
28
Commercial paper 
50
25
741
443
 
 
Of which: 
 
 
Equity investments 
2
1
Maturing in three months or less 
115
25
Maturing between three months and one year 
128
196
Maturing between 1 and 5 years 
496
199
Maturing in more than 5 years 
-
22
741
443
 
Investment securities include £nil (2022: £50m) pledged as collateral under sale and repurchase agreements or derivative contracts. 
Investment securities include £nil of collateral prepositioned with the Bank of England as at 28 February 2023. The fair value movement 
recognised in the Statement of Other Comprehensive Income during the year on investment securities was a profit of £1m (2022: £1m).  
 
Under IFRS9, the Group holds an impairment provision for investment securities of £0.1m (2022: £0.1m) 
 
19. 
Intangible assets 
 
Accounting 
policy 
Computer Software  
Computer software is carried at cost less accumulated amortisation and any provision for impairment. Externally 
acquired software and licences are capitalised and amortised on a straight-line basis over their useful economic 
lives. Costs relating to development of computer software for internal use are capitalised once the recognition 
criteria of IAS 38 ‘Intangible Assets’ are met. Other development expenditures that do not meet these criteria are 
recognised as an expense as incurred. When the software is available for its intended use, these costs are amortised 
on a straight-line basis over their useful economic lives being: 
 
• 
Core banking software – fifteen years 
• 
Other software – three to ten years 
 
 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 28 February 2023 
78 
 
19. 
Intangible assets (continued) 
 
 
Capitalised development expenditure and purchased software is stated at cost less accumulated amortisation and 
impairment losses. Such assets are assessed for impairment where there is an indication of impairment or, in the 
case of assets which are not yet available for use, at least annually. Where impairment exists, the carrying amount 
of the asset is reduced to its recoverable amount and the impairment loss recognised in the income statement. The 
amortisation charge for the asset is then adjusted to reflect the asset’s revised carrying amount.  
 
Cost includes the purchase price after deducting discounts and rebates, and other directly attributable costs of 
preparing the asset for its intended use. 
 
Subsequent expenditure is only capitalised when it increases the future economic benefits embodied in the 
specific asset to which it relates. 
 
The Group 
The Bank 
2023
2022
2023 
2022 
The Group 
£m
£m
£m 
£m 
 
 
 
 
Cost 
 
 
 
 
At 1 March 
361
317
330 
310 
Additions 
19
51
11 
27 
Disposals 
(2)
(7)
(2) 
(7) 
As at 28 February  
378
361
339 
330 
 
 
 
Accumulated amortisation 
 
 
 
At 1 March 
(170)
(156)
(168) 
(155) 
Charge for the year 
(31)
(21)
(26) 
(20) 
Impairment 
-
-
- 
- 
Disposals 
2
7
2 
7 
As at 28 February 
(199)
(170)
(192) 
(168) 
 
 
Net book value as at 28 February  
179
191
147 
162 
 
20. 
Property, Plant & Equipment 
Accounting 
policy 
Land and buildings 
Land and buildings are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and any recognised provision for 
impairment. Capital work in progress is held at cost less any recognised provision for impairment. Cost includes 
the original purchase price of the asset and the costs incurred attributable to bringing the asset to its working 
condition for intended use. This includes capitalised borrowing costs. 
  
Fixtures and equipment 
Fixtures and equipment, including tenant’s improvements, are held at cost less accumulated depreciation and 
any recognised provision for impairment. Cost includes the original purchase price of the asset and the costs 
attributable to bringing the asset to its working condition and its intended use.  
 
Right of use assets 
Right of use assets obtained under a lease arrangement are included in the above categories as appropriate and 
depreciated as described below.  
 
Depreciation 
Depreciation is calculated to write down the cost of the assets to their residual values, on a straight-line method, 
on the following bases: 
• Freehold buildings and leasehold properties – fifty years, or the lease term if shorter 
• Fixtures and equipment – three to fifteen years or, in the case of tenant’s improvements, the lease term if 
shorter 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 28 February 2023 
79 
 
20. 
Property, Plant & Equipment (continued) 
 
 
Capital work in progress is not depreciated. 
 
Gains and losses on disposal are determined by comparing proceeds with the asset’s carrying amount and are 
recognised within operating profit. The assets’ residual values and useful lives are reviewed, and adjusted if 
appropriate, at the end of each reporting period. 
 
The Group and Bank 
28 February 2023 
Land and buildings
Fixtures and
equipment
Total
£m
£m
£m
Cost 
At 1 March 2022  
9
61 
70
Additions 
-
1 
1
Disposals/Write off 
-
(1) 
(1)
As at 28 February 2023 
9
61 
70
 
Accumulated depreciation 
 
At 1 March 2022 
(8)
(53) 
(61)
Charge for the year 
-
(1) 
(1)
Disposals/Write off 
-
1 
1
Impairment loss1 
-
- 
-
As at 28 February 2023 
(8)
(53) 
(61)
 
Net book value as at 28 February 2023 
1
8 
9
(1) For further details, see note 19 
 
The Group and Bank  
28 February 2022 
Land and buildings
Fixtures and
equipment
Total 
£m
£m
£m 
 
Cost 
 
At 1 March 2021 
9
62 
71 
Additions 
-
1 
1 
Disposals/Write off 
-
(2) 
(2) 
As at 28 February 2022 
9
61 
70 
 
 
Accumulated depreciation 
 
 
At 1 March 2021 
(6)
(54) 
(60) 
Charge for the year 
(1)
(1) 
(2) 
Disposals/Write off 
-
2 
2 
Impairment loss 
(1)
- 
(1) 
As at 28 February 2023 
(8)
(53) 
(61) 
 
 
Net book value as at 28 February 2022 
1
8 
9 
 
Land and buildings include right of use assets of £1m (2022: £1m) related to head office premises. 
 
 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 28 February 2023 
80 
 
21. 
Investments in Subsidiaries 
 
Accounting 
policy 
Subsidiaries are entities, including special purpose vehicles (SPVs), over which the Bank has the power to govern 
the financial and operating policies. 
 
 
The Bank’s investment in subsidiaries was as follows.  
2023
2022 
The Bank 
£m
£m 
325
325 
 
Country of 
registration or 
incorporation  
Ownership 
Interest 
Registered address 
Home Retail Group Card Services 
Limited 
England 
100% 
489-499 Avebury Boulevard, Milton Keynes, 
United Kingdom, MK9 2NW 
Home Retail Group Insurance Services 
Limited 
England 
100% 
489-499 Avebury Boulevard, Milton Keynes, 
United Kingdom, MK9 2NW 
ARG Personal Loans Limited 
England 
100% 
489-499 Avebury Boulevard, Milton Keynes, 
United Kingdom, MK9 2NW 
 
The Bank has no direct or indirect ownership interest in the equity of the Drury Lane Funding 2020-1 plc, however the company was 
established for the purpose of providing a source of funding to the Bank by way of contractual agreement and the Bank has the rights 
to substantially all the benefits from its activities. The company is therefore effectively controlled by the Bank. 
 
 
Country of 
registration or 
incorporation  
Date started 
being a 
subsidiary 
Registered address  
 
 
 
Drury Lane Funding 2020-1 plc 
England 
11 November 2020 
5 Churchill Place, 10th Floor, London, E14 5HU 
 
22. 
Other assets 
 
Accounting 
policy 
Other assets, including amounts receivable from Sainsbury’s Group companies, are initially recognised at fair 
value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method. 
 
The Group 
The Bank 
2023
2022
2023
2022
 
£m
£m
£m
£m
Amounts receivable from Sainsbury’s Group 
companies 
6
-
473
445
Funds in course of settlement 
115
136
103
117
Prepayments and accrued income 
32
33
30
31
Insurance instalment debtor 
25
32
25
32
Current tax asset 
3
5
4
5
Deferred tax asset 
8
14
4
7
VAT Control 
1
-
-
-
Cash collateral paid 
52
63
52
63
242
283
691
700
 
 
 
 
 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 28 February 2023 
81 
 
22. 
Other assets (continued) 
 
Other assets have no fixed maturities but materially expected to be realised within 12 months See note 33 for further details on the 
residual contractual maturity of other assets. 
 
The deferred tax asset is in respect of temporary differences which will reverse and result in a higher tax charge in future years, can be 
analysed as follows:  
The Group 
The Bank 
2023
2022 
2023
2022 
 
£m
£m 
£m
£m 
 
 
 
 
At 1 March 
14 
13 
7 
7 
Movement in deferred tax asset (charged) / credited to 
income statement 
(2) 
2 
(1) 
1 
Movement in deferred tax asset credited to other 
comprehensive income 
- 
1 
- 
1 
Adjustments in respect of prior years 
(4) 
(2) 
(2) 
(2) 
At 28 February  
8 
14 
4 
7 
Tax effect of timing differences due to: 
Other temporary differences* 
18 
20 
12 
13 
Accelerated capital allowances 
(10) 
(6) 
(8) 
(6) 
8 
14 
4 
7 
* Other temporary differences predominately relate to the day 1 reduction to retained earnings following adoption of IFRS 9, 
which is deductible evenly over the 10 year period following adoption. 
 
23. 
Customer accounts 
 
Accounting 
policy 
Financial liabilities comprise customer accounts, deposits from banks, subordinated liabilities and other wholesale 
deposits. All financial liabilities are initially recognised at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost 
using the effective interest rate method. A financial liability is derecognised from the balance sheet when the 
Group has discharged its obligations, the contract is cancelled or it expires. 
 
Customer accounts comprise Sterling interest bearing deposits. 
 
The Group and Bank 
2023
2022
 
£m
£m
 
 
Repayable: 
 
 
On demand 
3,806
3,777
Within 3 months  
203
79
Between 3 months and 1 year 
352
227
Between 1 and 5 years 
374
152
4,735
4,235
 
Of the above balance, £4,289m (2022: £3,923m) qualified for protection under the Financial Services Compensation Scheme. 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 28 February 2023 
82 
 
24. 
Other Deposits 
 
Accounting 
policy 
All financial liabilities are initially recognised at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost. 
Amortised cost is calculated by taking into account any discount or premium on issue of funds, and costs that are 
an integral part of the EIR. A financial liability is derecognised from the balance sheet when the Group has 
discharged its obligations, the contract is cancelled or it expires. 
 
Other deposits comprise Sterling wholesale deposits, including drawings under the Bank of England’s TFSME and ILTR schemes. 
 
The Group and Bank 
2023 
2022 
 
£m 
£m 
Repayable: 
 
Within 3 months  
229 
269 
Between 3 months and 1 year 
291 
93 
Between 1 and 5 years 
692 
662 
1,212 
1,024 
 
Of the above balance, £263m (2022: £20m) qualified for protection under the Financial Services Compensation Scheme. Included within 
this are £191m (2022: £nil) of deposits obtained via deposit aggregators where the ultimate depositors are retail customers. 
 
25. 
Subordinated liabilities 
 
Accounting 
policy 
Subordinated liabilities are initially recognised at fair value and subsequently held at amortised cost. Amortised 
cost is calculated by taking into account any discount or premium on issue of funds, and costs that are an integral 
part of the EIR. Interest is recognised in the income statement through interest payable. 
 
The Group and Bank 
2023
2022 
 
£m
£m 
Fixed rate subordinated Tier 2 notes due March 2028 
120
175 
Accrued interest 
5
3 
Fair value hedge accounting adjustments 
(3)
1 
122
179 
 
The Group has £120m of fixed rate reset callable subordinated Tier 2 notes in issuance (28 Feb 2022: £175m). The Bank issued £120m of 
fixed rate reset callable subordinated Tier 2 notes on 12 September 2022. These notes pay interest on the principal amount at a rate of 
10.5 per cent per annum, payable in equal instalments semi-annually in arrears, until 12 March 2028 at which time the interest rate will 
reset. The Bank has the option to redeem these notes on 12 March 2028. 
 
This was issued in conjunction with a tender to repurchase and extinguish £120m of the existing £175m subordinated Tier 2 notes that 
were issued on 23 November 2017. On 23 November 2022, the Bank redeemed the remaining £55m in full on the call date.  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 28 February 2023 
83 
 
26. 
Other liabilities 
 
Accounting 
policy 
Other liabilities are initially recognised at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the 
effective interest rate method.  
 
All other liabilities are expected to be settled within 3 months with the exception of lease liabilities. 
 
The Group 
The Bank 
2023 
2022 
2023 
2022
 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m
 
Customer funds in course of settlement 
11 
14 
10 
14
Accruals and deferred income 
90 
85 
67 
76
Amounts payable to Sainsbury’s group companies 
22 
33 
- 
-
Cash collateral received 
61 
20 
61 
20
Current tax liability 
- 
2 
- 
-
Lease liabilities 
2 
3 
2 
3
Other creditors 
4 
16 
4 
-
190 
173 
144 
113
27. 
Provisions for liabilities and charges 
 
Accounting 
policy 
The Group recognises a provision if there is a present obligation as a consequence of either a legal or a constructive 
obligation resulting from a past event. To recognise this it should be probable that an outflow of economic resources, 
that can be reliably measured, will be required to settle the obligation. Provisions are measured as the discounted 
expected future cash flows taking account of the risks and uncertainties associated with the specific liability where 
appropriate. 
 
 
Provision on loan commitments issued is included in the movement analysis in note 13. It primarily relates to expected credit losses 
on credit card and store card commitments.  
 
Other provisions 
The Group 
The Bank 
2023
2022 
2023
2022
 
£m
£m 
£m
£m
 
 
At 1 March 
10
14
1
2
Charged to the income statement 
3
2
3
1
Released 
-
(1)
-
-
Utilised in the year 
(2)
(5)
0
(2)
At 28 February  
11
10
4
1 
 
The Group 
The Bank 
2023
2022 
2023 
2022
 
£m
£m 
£m 
£m
 
 
Provision on loan commitments issued 
20
18 
8 
8
Other provisions 
 
 
PPI customer remediation 
6
9 
- 
-
Other  
5
1 
4 
1
Other provisions total 
11
10 
4 
1
31
28 
12 
9

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 28 February 2023 
84 
 
27. 
Provisions for liabilities and charges (continued) 
 
The PPI customer remediation provision relates to the costs associated with potential redress from customers in respect of past sales 
of Payment Protection Insurance (PPI) policies. This liability sits with the Bank’s subsidiary Home Retail Group Insurance Services 
Limited.  
 
The FCA deadline for customers PPI claims through the complaints procedure passed on 29th August 2019. However, customers can 
continue to bring claims against firms through a legal route, claiming an Unfair Relationship under the Consumer Credit Act. The 
closing PPI provision of £6m (2022: £8m) represents the cost of future litigation claims and the associated costs, including solicitors’ 
fees and the operational costs of processing claims. The provision represents management’s best estimate of future costs and will 
remain under review. The eventual cost is dependent upon claim volumes, claim values and claim handling costs. These assumptions 
are inherently uncertain, and the ultimate financial impact may be different than the amount provided. The Group will continue to 
monitor the position and update its assumptions as more information becomes available. 
 
Other provisions relate to liabilities arising from our historic New Bank Programme transition, dilapidations and onerous cost provisions 
associated with the Bank’s head office property. £3m was charged to the income statement during the year ended 28 February 2023 in 
respect of the New Bank Programme transition (2022: £1m charged to income statement upon the decision of the Bank to exit and make 
part of the head office available for sub-let). 
 
Where charges on  provisions are material and relate to a historic time period they are recognised outside of underlying profit in order 
to provide a clear and consistent view of the Group’s underlying performance. 
 
28. Called up share capital 
 
Accounting 
policy 
Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new ordinary 
shares or options are shown in equity as a deduction, net of tax, from the proceeds. 
 
The Bank 
2023 
2022
 
£m 
£m
 
 
900,750,000 Authorised, allotted, called up and fully paid ordinary shares 
(£0.777963 / £1): 
 
 
At 1 March  
701 
901
Share capital reduction 
- 
(200)
At 28 February  
701 
701
 
 
 
There were no movements in share capital in the current period.  
 
In the prior year, there was a reduction of the ordinary share capital of the Bank from £900,750,000 to £700,750,172.25. The reduction 
became effective on 1 April 2021 upon registration of the court order with Companies House and resulted in an equal and opposite 
increase to retained earnings. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 28 February 2023 
85 
 
29. 
Retained Earnings 
 
The Group 
The Bank 
2023
2022
2023
2022
 
£m
£m
£m
£m
 
 
 
 
At 1 March  
175 
(46)
155
(55)
Share Capital Reduction (note 28) 
- 
200
-
200
Profit/(Loss) for the financial year 
33 
18
23
6
Dividends Paid 
(50) 
-
(50)
-
Share-based payment (net of tax) 
5 
4
5
4
At 28 February  
163 
176
133
155
 
30. 
Other reserves 
 
Other reserves comprise the unhedged fair value movements for investment securities. The reserve will unwind in line with the maturity 
profile of the underlying investment securities. 
 
Other Reserves
The Group and Bank 
£m
 
At 1 March 2022 
1
Net unrealised gains 
2
Realised gains reclassified to the income statement on disposal 
(1)
At 28 February 2023 
2
At 1 March 2021 
3
Net unrealised gains 
-
Realised gains reclassified to the income statement on disposal 
(2)
At 28 February 2022 
1
 
These balances include deferred tax of £1m in the reserve (2022: £1m). 
 
31. 
Analysis of financial assets and liabilities by measurement basis 
 
Accounting 
policy 
Designation of financial instruments 
The Group classifies all of its financial assets based on the business model for managing the assets and the 
assets’ contractual terms, measured at either Amortised cost, FVOCI or FVPL. 
 
The Group classifies and measures its derivative portfolio at FVPL, as explained in note 17. The Group may 
designate financial instruments at FVPL, if so doing eliminates or significantly reduces measurement or 
recognition inconsistencies. 
 
Financial liabilities, other than loan commitments and financial guarantees, are measured at amortised cost or 
at FVPL when they are held for trading and derivative instruments, or the fair value designation is applied.  
 
Derecognition of financial assets  
Financial assets are derecognised when the rights to receive cash flows from the financial assets have expired or 
where the Group has transferred substantially all risks and rewards of ownership 
 
Financial assets and financial liabilities are measured on an on-going basis either at fair value or at amortised cost. The principal 
accounting policies describe how financial instruments are measured, and how income and expenses, including fair value gains and 
losses, are recognised. The following table analyses the financial assets and liabilities in the balance sheet by the class of financial 
instrument to which they are assigned, and therefore by the measurement basis: 
 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 28 February 2023 
86 
 
31. 
Analysis of financial assets and liabilities by measurement basis (continued) 
 
The Group 
Amortised cost 
Fair value 
through OCI 
Fair value through 
profit or loss 
Other 
Total 
At 28 February 2023 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
Assets 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash, balances with central banks and 
other demand deposits 
546 
- 
- 
- 
546
Loans and advances to other banks 
100 
- 
- 
- 
100
Derivative financial instruments 
- 
- 
99 
- 
99
Investment securities 
50 
691 
- 
- 
741
Loans and advances to customers 
5,293 
- 
- 
- 
5,293
Investments in subsidiaries 
- 
- 
- 
- 
-
Intangible assets 
- 
- 
- 
179 
179
Property, plant and equipment 
- 
- 
- 
9 
9
Other assets 
231 
- 
- 
11 
242
6,220 
691 
99 
199 
7,209
Liabilities 
 
 
 
 
Customer accounts 
(4,735) 
- 
- 
- 
(4,735)
Other deposits 
(1,212) 
- 
- 
- 
(1,212)
Other borrowed funds 
- 
- 
- 
- 
-
Subordinated liabilities 
(122) 
- 
- 
- 
(122)
Derivative financial instruments 
- 
- 
(53) 
- 
(53)
Other liabilities 
(189) 
- 
- 
(1) 
(190)
Provisions for liabilities and charges 
(20) 
- 
- 
(11) 
(31)
(6,278) 
- 
(53) 
(12) 
(6,343)
 
The Group 
Amortised cost 
Fair value 
through OCI 
Fair value through 
profit or loss 
 
 
Other 
Total 
At 28 February 2022 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
Assets 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash, balances with central banks and 
other demand deposits 
387 
- 
- 
- 
387
Loans and advances to other banks 
121 
- 
- 
- 
121
Derivative financial instruments 
- 
- 
35 
- 
35
Investment securities 
25 
418 
- 
- 
443
Loans and advances to customers 
5,067 
- 
- 
- 
5,067
Investments in subsidiaries 
- 
- 
- 
- 
-
Intangible assets 
- 
- 
- 
191 
191
Property, plant and equipment 
- 
- 
- 
9 
9
Other assets 
268 
- 
- 
15 
283
5,868 
418 
35 
215 
6,536
Liabilities 
 
 
 
 
Customer accounts 
(4,235) 
- 
- 
- 
(4,235)
Other deposits 
(1,024) 
- 
- 
- 
(1,024)
Other borrowed funds 
- 
- 
- 
- 
-
Subordinated liabilities 
(179) 
- 
- 
- 
(179)
Derivative financial instruments 
- 
- 
(19) 
- 
(19)
Other liabilities 
(169) 
- 
- 
(4) 
(173)
Provisions for liabilities and charges 
(27) 
- 
- 
(1) 
(28)
(5,634) 
- 
(19) 
(5) 
(5,658)
 
 
 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 28 February 2023 
87 
 
31. 
Analysis of financial assets and liabilities by measurement basis (continued) 
 
The Bank 
Amortised cost 
Fair value 
through OCI 
Fair value through 
profit or loss 
Other 
Total 
At 28 February 2023 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
Assets 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash, balances with central banks and 
other demand deposits 
499 
- 
- 
- 
499
Loans and advances to other banks 
100 
- 
- 
- 
100
Derivative financial instruments 
- 
- 
47 
- 
47
Investment securities 
50 
691 
- 
- 
741
Loans and advances to customers 
4,555 
- 
- 
- 
4,555
Investments in subsidiaries 
- 
- 
- 
325 
325
Intangible assets 
- 
- 
- 
147 
147
Property, plant and equipment 
- 
- 
- 
9 
9
Other assets 
684 
- 
- 
7 
691
5,888 
691 
47 
488 
7,114
Liabilities 
 
 
 
 
Customer accounts 
(4,735) 
- 
- 
- 
(4,735)
Other deposits 
(1,212) 
- 
- 
- 
(1,212)
Other borrowed funds 
- 
- 
- 
- 
-
Subordinated liabilities 
(122) 
- 
- 
- 
(122)
Derivative financial instruments 
- 
- 
(53) 
- 
(53)
Other liabilities 
(143) 
- 
- 
(1) 
(144)
Provisions for liabilities and charges 
(7) 
- 
- 
(5) 
(12)
(6,219) 
- 
(53) 
(6) 
(6,278)
 
The Bank 
Amortised cost 
Fair value 
through OCI 
Fair value through 
profit or loss 
 
 
Other 
Total 
At 28 February 2022 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
Assets 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash, balances with central banks and 
other demand deposits 
346 
- 
- 
- 
346
Loans and advances to other banks 
121 
- 
- 
- 
121
Derivative financial instruments 
- 
- 
19 
- 
19
Investment securities 
25 
418 
- 
- 
443
Loans and advances to customers 
4,311 
- 
- 
- 
4,311
Investments in subsidiaries 
- 
- 
- 
325 
325
Intangible assets 
- 
- 
- 
162 
162
Property, plant and equipment 
- 
- 
- 
9 
9
Other assets 
692 
- 
- 
8 
700
5,495 
418 
19 
504 
6,436
Liabilities 
 
 
 
 
Customer accounts 
(4,235) 
- 
- 
- 
(4,235)
Other deposits 
(1,024) 
- 
- 
- 
(1,024)
Other borrowed funds 
- 
- 
- 
- 
-
Subordinated liabilities 
(179) 
- 
- 
- 
(179)
Derivative financial instruments 
- 
- 
(19) 
- 
(19)
Other liabilities 
(109) 
- 
- 
(4) 
(113)
Provisions for liabilities and charges 
(8) 
- 
- 
(1) 
(9)
(5,555) 
- 
(19) 
(5) 
(5,579)
 
 
 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 28 February 2023 
88 
 
32. Loan commitments 
 
Accounting 
policy 
Undrawn Loan, Mortgage, Credit Card and AFS Storecard commitments are commitments under which, over the 
duration of the commitment, the Bank is required to provide a loan with pre-specified terms to the customer. These 
contracts are in scope of the ECL requirements and accounting policies in relation to this are detailed in Note 13.  
 
The nominal contractual value of these commitments, where the lending agreed to be provided is on market terms, 
are not recorded in the Balance Sheet. 
 
The contractual amount of the Group's off-balance sheet financial instruments that commit it to extend credit to customers is as 
follows: 
 
The Group and Bank 
2023
2022
 
£m
£m
Commitments to extend credit 
11
26
 
Lending commitments reduced significantly year on year as a result of the continued digitisation of the loans application journey and 
reduction in timings between applications being approved and funds transferred to customers. The above table does not include 
undrawn limits on credit cards or AFS Storecards. These are not considered a contractual commitment but because in practice the 
Group does not expect to withdraw these credit limits from customers, they are within the scope of impairment provisioning as found 
in Note 13. 
 
The loss allowance on loan commitments are recognised as part of provisions for liabilities (see note 27). 
 
33. 
Risk management 
 
The Group encounters a range of different risks and uncertainties as it undertakes its day-to-day activities and seeks to achieve its 
strategic objectives. Our approach to risk management and an overview of the primary risk types are described in the Risk Overview 
section on page 21. Further detail on credit and liquidity risk exposures are shown below, with capital adequacy discussed further in 
note 34. 
 
Credit risk 
Credit risk is central to the Group’s day to day activities and is managed in line with the Board approved risk appetite as detailed within 
the Principal Risks section (page 25). 
 
Retail credit risk 
Retail Credit Risk is the possibility of losses arising from a retail customer failing to meet their agreed repayment terms as they fall 
due. Retail Credit utilise automated scorecards to assess the credit worthiness and affordability criteria of new applicants and ongoing 
behavioural characteristics of existing customers. The outcome from all scorecard models is monitored utilising a set of credit quality 
metrics to ensure actual performance is in line with agreed expectations. Additional expert underwriting of credit applications is 
undertaken by a specialist operational team where further consideration is appropriate. 
 
The Retail Credit Risk Committee provide portfolio oversight control over credit risk strategy to maintain lending in line with the Board 
approved risk appetite, with additional oversight and control provided by the Executive Risk Committee and Board Risk Committee. 
Internal Audit provide additional assurance by undertaking regular reviews on the adequacy of credit risk policies and procedures.   
 
Wholesale and derivative credit risk 
The Group’s treasury assets portfolio is held primarily for liquidity management purposes and in the case of derivatives, for the purpose 
of managing market risk. The treasury assets portfolio is invested in eligible investment securities that qualify for the regulatory 
Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR) and internal Operational Liquidity Pool (OLP). These investments include the Bank of England’s (BoE) 
reserve account, UK government securities (gilts or Treasury bills), multilateral development bank securities, government guaranteed 
agency securities, covered bonds and asset backed securities.  
 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 28 February 2023 
89 
 
33. 
Risk management (continued) 
 
Limits are established for all counterparty and asset class exposures based on their respective credit quality and market liquidity. 
Consideration is also given to geographical region and the strength of relevant sovereign credit ratings.  
 
Derivatives are subject to the same credit risk control procedures as are applied to other wholesale market instruments and the credit 
risk arising from mark-to-market derivative valuations is mitigated by daily margin calls, posting cash collateral to cover exposures. 
Daily monitoring is undertaken by the Group’s Treasury and Financial Risk teams, including early warning indicators with appropriate 
triggers for escalation. Oversight of the Group’s Wholesale credit risk positions included as part of ALCo.  
 
At 28 February 2023, the maximum credit exposure of the Group in the event of other parties failing to perform their obligations is equal 
to the sum of loans and advances to customers, loans and advances to banks, investment securities and credit lines and other 
commitments to lend. These are set out in notes 13, 16, 18 and 33 respectively. No account is taken of any collateral held and the 
maximum exposure to loss is considered to be the instrument's balance sheet carrying amount. 
 
The table below shows the maximum exposure to credit risk for the components of the balance sheet, including derivatives. The 
maximum exposure is shown gross, before the effect of mitigation through the use of collateral agreements. 
 
The Group 
The Bank 
2023
2022 
2023
2022
 
£m
£m 
£m
£m
 
Credit risk exposures relating to on balance sheet items 
 
Loans and advances to customers 
 
Unsecured 
4,729
4,296 
3,991
3,540
Secured 
564
771 
564
771
Cash and balances with central banks 
546
387 
499
346
Derivative financial instruments 
99
35 
47
19
Loans and advances to other Banks 
100
121 
100
121
Investment securities 
741
443 
741
443
Other assets 
231
268 
684
692
 
 
Credit risk exposures relating to off balance sheet items 
 
Loans commitments  
11
26 
11
26
 
Total credit risk exposures 
7,021
6,347 
6,637
5,958
 
Risk concentrations 
Concentrations arise when a number of customers or counterparties are engaged in similar business activities, or activities in the 
geographic region, or have similar economic features that would cause their ability to meet contractual obligations to be similarly 
affected by changes in economic, political or other conditions. Concentrations indicate the relative sensitivity of the Group's 
performance to developments affecting a particular industry, counterparty or geographical location. 
 
The Group is a retail-focused financial institution operating solely in the UK. In line with its risk principles, the Group seeks to actively 
identify and manage risk concentrations across its business areas and activities. It has set clear targets for diversification within its 
asset and liability portfolios and sources of income. These are supported by a range of portfolio limits and a focus on key processes 
and controls across its activities, systems and supply chain. 
 
 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 28 February 2023 
90 
 
33. 
Risk Management (continued) 
 
Geographical sectors 
The Group 
The Bank 
2023
2022
2023
2022
Maximum exposure 
£m
£m
£m
£m
United Kingdom 
6,807
6,124
6,423
5,734
Europe 
158
182
158
183
Other 
56
41
56
41
7,021
6,347
6,637
5,958
 
Concentration by location for investment securities is measured based on the location of the issuer of the security. The analysis reflects 
the credit risk associated with the balance and is not reflective of a currency exposure. 
 
 Industry sectors 
The Group 
The Bank 
2023
2022
2023 
2022 
Maximum exposure 
£m
£m
£m 
£m 
 
Retail 
5,304
5,093
4,566 
4,337 
Financial institutions 
1,175
805
1,530 
1,172 
Government 
542
449
541 
449 
7,021
6,347
6,637 
5,958 
 
Retail credit risk 
The Group’s retail credit risk management strategy is to ensure that its retail asset portfolios are suitably diversified through 
identifying and managing credit risk concentrations whilst serving our target market, being Sainsburys and/or Argos customers, in line 
with a targeted risk versus return framework. Retail credit risks are managed in accordance with limits set out within Board Risk 
appetite which is documented in detailed policies and policy standards. There were no significant changes noted in appetite over the 
period albeit credit risk strategies were reviewed. Most notably, affordability calculations were updated and reinforced to reflect the 
rising cost of living. Reviews of credit risk appetite levels are subject to annual review and more frequently if required. Credit strategy 
is updated within appetite, to reflect emerging trends and/or changes to appetite. 
 
We have considered whether any new or emerging risks (as detailed in the Strategic report on page 22) result in an impact on our ECL 
provisions. The immediate impacts on inflation are considered as part of our provisions adequacy and have resulted in us holding an 
economic uncertainty overlay as outlined in note 2. To date climate risk has not resulted in any significant impact on our observed 
expected credit losses. We continue to evolve our thinking in relation to this issue as described in the climate strategy on page 8. 
 
 
 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 28 February 2023 
91 
 
33. 
Risk Management (continued) 
 
Credit quality per class of financial asset 
Loans and advances are summarised as follows: 
 
The Group 
The Bank 
2023
2022 
2023 
2022
 
£m
£m 
£m 
£m
 
 
 
Impaired 
210
174 
128 
102
Past due but not impaired 
60
61 
20 
21
Neither past due nor impaired 
5,307
5,051 
4,535 
4,306
Gross amount due 
5,577
5,286 
4,683 
4,429
 
 
Less: allowance for impairment 
(239)
(203) 
(135) 
(118)
          hedging fair value adjustment 
(45)
(16) 
7 
-
5,293
5,067 
4,555 
4,311
 
Stage 3 gross impaired loans includes £7m of unsecured loans and £nil of secured loans that have cured however, are held in stage 3 
due to the application of a probationary period.  
 
Credit quality analysis 
The Group 
At 28 February 2023 
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
Total 
Unsecured lending 
£m
£m
£m
£m 
 
 
 
 
Impaired 
 
 
 
 
Less than 3 months, but impaired* 
-
-
31
31
Over 3 months 
-
-
91
91
Recoveries  
-
-
81
81
Total gross impaired loans 
-
-
203
203
 
Past due 30 days to 3 months 
-
23
-
23
Past due less than 30 days 
10
26
-
36
Not past due 
4,303
431
-
4,734
Total gross amount due 
4,313
480
203
4,996
 
 
 
Impairment 
 
 
Impairment on gross balance 
42
53
144
239
Undrawn commitments impairment 
13
7
0
20
Total impairment 
55
60
144
259
 
 
Average 12 month PDs (stage 1 balances only) 
2.1%
Average lifetime PDs  (stage 2 balances only) 
39.2%
Average LGD 
56.4%
Coverage 
1.3%
12.5%
71.0%
5.2%
*Includes £4m of loans that would have been past due had their terms not been renegotiated.  
 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 28 February 2023 
92 
 
33. 
Risk Management (continued) 
 
The Group 
At 28 February 2022 
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
Total 
Unsecured lending 
£m
£m
£m
£m 
 
 
 
 
Impaired 
 
 
 
 
Less than 3 months, but impaired* 
-
-
31
31
Over 3 months 
-
-
75
75
Recoveries  
-
-
59
59
Total gross impaired loans 
-
-
165
165
 
Past due 30 days to 3 months 
-
20
-
20
Past due less than 30 days 
11
29
-
40
Not past due 
3,815
465
-
4,280
Total gross amount due 
3,826
514
165
4,505
 
 
 
Impairment 
 
 
Impairment on gross balance 
34
47
119
200
Undrawn commitments impairment 
10
8
1
19
Total impairment 
44
55
120
219
 
 
Average 12 month PDs (stage 1 balances only) 
1.7%
Average lifetime PDs (stage 2 balances only) 
31.2%
Average LGD 
54.9%
Coverage 
1.2%
10.7%
72.7%
4.9%
*Includes £5m of loans that would have been past due had their terms not been renegotiated. 
 
The Bank 
At 28 February 2023 
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
Total 
Unsecured lending 
£m
£m
£m
£m 
 
 
 
 
Impaired 
 
 
 
 
Less than 3 months, but impaired* 
-
-
9
9
Over 3 months 
-
-
31
31
Recoveries  
-
-
81
81
Total gross impaired loans 
-
-
121
121
 
Past due 30 days to 3 months 
-
9
-
9
Past due less than 30 days 
-
10
-
10
Not past due 
3,593
370
-
3,963
Total gross amount due 
3,593
389
121
4,103
 
 
 
Impairment 
 
 
Impairment on gross balance 
23
25
86
134
Undrawn commitments impairment 
5
2
1
8
Total impairment 
28
27
87
142
 
 
Average 12 month PDs (stage 1 balances only) 
0.8%
Average lifetime PDs (stage 2 balances only) 
16.2%
Average LGD 
57.2%
Coverage 
0.8%
6.9%
71.9%
3.5%
*Includes £2m of loans that would have been past due had their terms not been renegotiated. 
 
 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 28 February 2023 
93 
 
33. 
Risk Management (continued) 
 
The Bank 
At 28 February 2022 
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
Total 
Unsecured lending 
£m
£m
£m
£m 
 
 
 
 
Impaired 
 
 
 
 
Less than 3 months, but impaired* 
-
-
11
11
Over 3 months 
-
-
23
23
Recoveries  
-
-
59
59
Total gross impaired loans 
-
-
93
93
 
Past due 30 days to 3 months 
-
7
-
7
Past due less than 30 days 
-
13
-
13
Not past due 
3,121
413
-
3,534
Total gross amount due 
3,121
433
93
3,647
 
 
 
Impairment 
 
 
Impairment on gross balance 
21
25
69
115
Undrawn commitments impairment 
4
4
-
8
Total impairment 
25
29
69
123
 
 
Average 12 month PDs (stage 1 balances only) 
0.5%
Average lifetime PDs (stage 2 balances only) 
10.0%
Average LGD 
53.2%
Coverage 
0.8%
6.7%
74.1%
3.4%
*Includes £3m of loans that would have been past due had their terms not been renegotiated. 
 
The Group and Bank 
At 28 February 2023 
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
Total 
Secured lending 
£m
£m
£m
£m 
 
 
 
 
Impaired 
 
 
Less than 3 months, but impaired* 
-
-
6
6
Over 3 months 
-
-
1
1
Recoveries  
-
-
-
-
Total gross impaired loans 
-
-
7
7
 
Past due 30 days to 3 months 
-
-
-
-
Past due less than 30 days 
-
1
-
1
Not past due 
532
41
-
573
Total gross amount due 
532
42
7
581
 
Impairment 
 
Impairment on gross balance 
0
0
1
1
Undrawn commitments impairment 
-
-
-
-
Total impairment 
0
0
1
1
 
Average 12 month PDs (stage 1 balances only) 
0.5%
Average lifetime PDs (stage 2 balances only) 
2.7%
Average LGD 
0.0%
Coverage 
0.01%
0.05%
10.44%
0.14%
*Includes £nil of loans that would have been past due had their terms not been renegotiated. 
 
 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 28 February 2023 
94 
 
33. 
Risk Management (continued) 
 
The Group and Bank 
At 28 February 2022 
Stage 1 
Stage 2 
Stage 3
Total
Secured lending 
£m 
£m 
£m
£m
 
 
 
Impaired 
 
 
 
Less than 3 months, but impaired* 
- 
- 
8
8
Over 3 months 
- 
- 
1
1
Recoveries  
- 
- 
-
-
Total gross impaired loans 
- 
- 
9
9
 
 
Past due 30 days to 3 months 
- 
- 
-
-
Past due less than 30 days 
- 
1 
-
1
Not past due 
713 
59 
-
772
Total gross amount due 
713 
60 
9
782
 
 
Impairment 
 
 
Impairment on gross balance 
0 
1 
2
3
Undrawn commitments impairment 
- 
- 
-
-
Total impairment 
0 
1 
2
3
 
 
Average 12 month PDs (stage 1 balances only) 
 
 
0.6%
Average lifetime PDs (stage 2 balances only) 
 
 
2.2%
Average LGD 
 
 
0.1%
Coverage 
0.6% 
0.75% 
23.57%
0.37%
*Includes £nil of loans that would have been past due had their terms not been renegotiated. 
 
Unsecured coverage has increased from 4.9% to 5.2% year on year as a result of the change in economic outlook between reporting 
dates as post Covid-19 recoveries is partially offset by worsening economic outlook, as reflected in the economic scenarios applied as 
outlined in note 2.  
 
Mortgages held over residential properties represent the only collateral held by the Group for retail exposures. The market value of 
collateral held for impaired loans and loans past due but not impaired was £17m (2022: £23m). 
 
If a customer falls into arrears, the customer will be held in 'collections' where the Group will work with the customer to try to regularise 
the position over a period of time. Where the arrears status of a customer deteriorates and there is a failure to respond to 
correspondence or agree an acceptable repayment proposal, including notice of default, the customer balance will fall into 'recoveries'. 
A specialist debt recovery team will take steps to recover the debt, using their expertise to determine the optimal recovery strategy. 
 
Collateral  
The Group holds collateral against loans and advances to customers in the form of mortgages over residential property and second 
charges over business assets, including commercial and residential property. 
 
Credit quality 
The Group defines the following classifications for all credit exposures: High, Satisfactory, Low and Credit impaired. These are 
segmented by 12 month probability of default (PD) under IFRS 9. Unsecured lending represents credit cards, personal loans, AFS 
storecards and AFS MPP lending at 28 February 2023. Secured lending represents mortgage lending. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 28 February 2023 
95 
 
33. 
Risk Management (continued) 
 
 
IFRS 9 12 month PD (no change from 2022) 
High quality: 
<=3.02% 
Satisfactory quality 
>3.03%; < 11.10% 
Low quality 
>= 11.11% 
Credit impaired 
100% 
Unsecured Lending  
The Group 
28 February 2023 
Stage 1
£m
Stage 2
£m
Stage 3 
£m 
Total
£m
High quality 
3,594
125
- 
3,719
Satisfactory quality 
641
215
- 
856
Low quality  
78
140
- 
218
Credit impaired 
-
-
203 
203
Total gross amount due 
4,313
480
203 
4,996
 
The Group 
28 February 2022 
Stage 1
£m
Stage 2
£m
Stage 3 
£m 
Total
£m
High quality 
3,401
233
- 
3,634
Satisfactory quality 
381
181
- 
562
Low quality  
44
100
- 
144
Credit impaired 
-
-
165 
165
Total gross amount due 
3,826
514
165 
4,505
 
The Bank 
28 February 2023 
Stage 1
£m
Stage 2
£m
Stage 3 
£m 
Total
£m
High quality 
3,143
125
- 
3,268
Satisfactory quality 
430
195
- 
625
Low quality  
20
69
- 
89
Credit impaired 
-
-
121 
121
Total gross amount due 
3,593
389
121 
4,103
 
The Bank 
28 February 2022 
Stage 1
£m
Stage 2
£m
Stage 3 
£m 
Total
£m
High quality 
2,939
232
- 
3,171
Satisfactory quality 
178
158
- 
336
Low quality  
4
36
- 
40
Credit impaired 
-
7
93 
100
Total gross amount due 
3,121
433
93 
3,647
 
 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 28 February 2023 
96 
 
33. 
Risk Management (continued) 
 
Secured lending  
The Group and Bank 
28 February 2023 
Stage 1
£m
Stage 2
£m
Stage 3
£m
Total
£m
High quality 
532
30
-
5623
Satisfactory quality 
-
10
-
10
Low quality  
-
2
-
2
Credit impaired 
-
-
7
7
Total gross amount due 
532
42
7
581
 
The Group and Bank 
28 February 2022 
Stage 1
£m
Stage 2
£m
Stage 3
£m
Total
£m
High quality 
713
59
-
772
Satisfactory quality 
-
1
-
1
Low quality  
-
-
-
-
Credit impaired 
-
-
9
9
Total gross amount due 
713
60
9
782
 
An analysis by loan-to-value (LTV) ratio of the Group’s residential mortgage lending is presented below. The value of collateral used in 
determining the LTV ratios has been estimated based upon the last actual valuation, adjusted to take into account subsequent 
movements in house prices.  
 
The Group and Bank 
Stage 1
Stage 2 
Stage 3 
Total
At 28 February 2023 
£m
£m 
£m 
£m
 
 
 
Less than 70% 
518
41
6 
565
70% to 80% 
14
1
1 
16
80% to 90% 
-
-
- 
-
90% to 100% 
-
-
- 
-
Greater than 100% 
-
-
- 
-
Total mortgages 
532
42
7 
581
 
 
The Group and Bank 
Stage 1
Stage 2 
Stage 3 
Total
At 28 February 2022 
£m
£m 
£m 
£m
 
 
 
 
Less than 70% 
607
57
8 
672
70% to 80% 
102
2
1 
105
80% to 90% 
4
1
- 
5
90% to 100% 
-
-
0 
0
Greater than 100% 
-
-
- 
-
Total mortgages 
713
60
9 
782
 
 
 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 28 February 2023 
97 
 
33. 
Risk Management (continued) 
 
The following table shows the maximum exposure to credit risk for commitments and balances measured at amortised cost along with 
the related amounts which are credit impaired at the reporting date. 
 
 
The Group 
 
2023 
2022 
 
Maximum 
exposure to 
credit risk 
Of which secured 
by collateral - 
Residential 
Property 
Maximum 
exposure to 
credit risk 
Of which secured 
by collateral - 
Residential 
Property 
 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
 
 
 
 
 
Loan Commitments 
8,685 
- 
8,803 
- 
   Of which credit impaired  
50 
- 
62 
- 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial assets measured at amortised 
cost – Retail lending 
5,577 
581 
5,287 
781 
  Of which credit impaired  
210 
7 
174 
9 
 
 
 
 
 
Total 
14,262 
581 
14,090 
781 
  of which credit impaired 
260 
7 
236 
9 
 
 
The Bank 
 
2023 
2022 
 
Maximum 
exposure to 
credit risk 
Of which secured 
by collateral - 
Residential 
Property 
Maximum 
exposure to 
credit risk 
Of which secured 
by collateral - 
Residential 
Property 
 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
 
 
 
 
 
Loan Commitments 
5,873 
- 
5,962 
- 
   Of which credit impaired  
22 
- 
19 
- 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial assets measured at amortised 
cost – Retail lending 
4,684 
581 
4,430 
781 
  Of which credit impaired  
128 
7 
103 
9 
 
 
 
 
 
Total 
10,557 
581 
10,392 
781 
  of which credit impaired 
150 
7 
122 
9 
 
Forbearance 
The Group provides support to customers who are experiencing financial difficulties. Forbearance is relief granted by a lender to assist 
customers in financial difficulty, through arrangements which temporarily allow the customer to pay an amount other than the 
contractual amounts due. These temporary arrangements may be initiated by the customer or the Group where financial difficulty 
would prevent repayment within the original terms and conditions of the contract. The main aim of forbearance is to support customers 
in returning to a position where they are able to meet their contractual obligations.  
 
The Group has well defined forbearance policies and processes. A number of forbearance options are made available to customers. 
These include arrangements to repay arrears over a period of time, by making payments above the contractual amount, that ensure 
the loan is repaid within the original repayment term and short-term concessions, where the borrower is allowed to make reduced 
repayments (or in exceptional circumstances, no repayments) on a temporary basis to assist with short-term financial hardship. 
 
The table below details the values of secured and unsecured advances that are subject to forbearance programmes. 
 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 28 February 2023 
98 
 
33. 
Risk Management (continued) 
 
 
The Group 
 
2023 
2022 
 
Gross loans 
and advances 
subject to 
forbearance 
Forbearance  
as a total 
loans and 
advances 
 
Forbearance 
covered by 
impairment 
provision 
Gross loans and 
advances 
subject to 
forbearance 
Forbearance  
as a total 
loans and 
advances 
 
Forbearance 
covered by 
impairment 
provision 
 
£m 
% 
% 
£m 
% 
% 
Unsecured 
61 
1.2 
69.1 
52 
1.2 
72.0 
Secured 
1 
0.2 
4.5 
2 
0.3 
25.7 
Total 
62 
1.1 
68.1 
54 
1.0 
70.1 
 
 
The Bank 
 
2023 
2022 
 
Gross loans 
and advances 
subject to 
forbearance 
Forbearance  
as a total 
loans and 
advances 
 
Forbearance 
covered by 
impairment 
provision 
Gross loans and 
advances 
subject to 
forbearance 
Forbearance  
as a total 
loans and 
advances 
 
Forbearance 
covered by 
impairment 
provision 
 
£m 
% 
% 
£m 
% 
% 
Unsecured 
35 
0.9 
67.1 
29 
0.8 
72.6 
Secured 
1 
0.2 
4.5 
2 
0.3 
25.6 
Total 
36 
0.8 
65.5 
31 
0.7 
69.3 
 
Climate-related credit risk 
Our assessment of climate related credit risk is outlined in the emerging risks section on page 22. To date we have not seen and do not 
actively monitor any changes to the probability of default or loss given default that arise as a result of physical or transitional climate 
risk. Due to our predominantly unsecured portfolios, we do not anticipate material exposure to credit risks as a result of climate change 
over the next 5 years, however we continually monitor this assumption. 
 
Governmental and societal responses to climate change risks are still developing, and are interdependent upon each other, 
consequently financial statements cannot capture all possible future outcomes as these are not yet known. 
 
Debt securities, balances with central banks and other eligible investment securities 
The total gross amount of individually impaired debt securities, cash and balances with central banks, UK government securities (Gilts 
and Treasury bills) and other eligible investment securities as at 28 February 2023 was £nil (2022: £nil). The tables below present an 
analysis of the credit quality of cash and cash equivalents and the treasury assets portfolio by market value. Analysis is by rating 
agency designation, based on Moody's ratings: 
 
The Group 
Cash and balances 
with central banks 
UK government
securities
Other investment
securities 
Total 
At 28 February 2023 
£m 
£m
£m 
£m 
 
 
 
 
Aaa to A3 
- 
25
716 
741 
ATM cash and balances with central banks 
471 
-
- 
471 
Other demand deposits 
75 
-
- 
75 
546 
25
716 
1,287 
 
 
 
 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 28 February 2023 
99 
 
33. 
Risk Management (continued) 
 
The Bank 
Cash and balances 
with central banks 
UK government
securities
Other investment
securities 
Total 
At 28 February 2023 
£m 
£m
£m 
£m 
 
 
 
 
Aaa to A3 
- 
25
716 
741 
ATM cash and balances with central banks 
471 
-
- 
471 
Other demand deposits 
28 
-
- 
28 
499 
25
716 
1,240 
 
The Group 
Cash and balances 
with central banks 
UK government
securities
Other investment 
securities 
Total 
At 28 February 2022 
£m 
£m
£m 
£m 
 
 
 
 
Aaa to A3 
- 
98
345 
443 
ATM cash and balances with central banks 
329 
-
- 
329 
Other demand deposits 
58 
-
- 
58 
387 
98
345 
830 
 
 
 
 
The Bank 
Cash and balances 
with central banks 
UK government
securities
Other investment 
securities 
Total 
At 28 February 2022 
£m 
£m
£m 
£m 
 
 
 
 
Aaa to A3 
- 
98
345 
443 
ATM cash and balances with central banks 
329 
-
- 
329 
Other demand deposits 
17 
-
- 
17 
346 
98
345 
789 
 
 
 
 
Credit Risk Profile by external rating grades of Treasury Assets measured at FVOCI 
 
 
The Group and Bank 
 
2023 
2022 
 
Non-credit 
impaired 
Total Gross 
Carrying Amount 
Non-credit 
impaired 
Total Gross 
Carrying Amount 
External Rating Grades 
Stage 1 
 
Stage 1 
 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
 
 
 
 
 
Aaa to A3 
741 
741 
443 
443 
 
741 
741 
443 
443 
 
 
 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 28 February 2023 
100 
 
33. 
Risk Management (continued) 
 
Financial assets and liabilities subject to offsetting, master netting agreements and similar agreements 
 
The following table shows financial instruments which are subject to offsetting, master netting and similar agreements: 
 
The Group 
 
Related amounts not offset 
in the balance sheet 
Gross assets / 
(liabilities) 
recognised 
Amounts 
offset 
Net amounts 
recognised in 
the balance 
sheet 
Financial 
instruments 
Collateral 
pledged / 
(received) 
 
 
 
Net amounts 
At 28 February 2023 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
Derivative financial 
instruments – assets 
99 
- 
99 
- 
(49) 
49 
Derivative financial 
instruments – liabilities 
(53) 
- 
(53) 
- 
52 
(1) 
  
46 
- 
46 
- 
3 
48 
 
 
The Group 
 
Related amounts not offset in 
the balance sheet 
Gross assets / 
(liabilities) 
recognised 
Amounts 
offset 
Net amounts 
recognised in 
the balance 
sheet 
Financial 
instruments 
Collateral 
pledged / 
(received) 
 
 
 
Net amounts 
At 28 February 2022 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
Derivative financial 
instruments – assets 
35 
- 
35 
- 
(20) 
15 
Derivative financial 
instruments – liabilities 
(19) 
- 
(19) 
- 
22 
3 
  
16 
- 
16 
- 
2 
18 
 
 
 
The Bank 
 
Related amounts not offset 
in the balance sheet 
Gross assets / 
(liabilities) 
recognised 
Amounts 
offset 
Net amounts 
recognised in 
the balance 
sheet 
Financial 
instruments 
Collateral 
pledged / 
(received) 
 
 
 
Net amounts 
At 28 February 2023 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
Derivative financial 
instruments – assets 
47 
 
47 
- 
(49) 
(2) 
Derivative financial 
instruments – liabilities 
(53) 
- 
(53) 
- 
52 
(1) 
  
(6) 
- 
(6) 
- 
3 
(3) 
 
 
 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 28 February 2023 
101 
 
33. 
Risk Management (continued) 
 
 
The Bank 
 
Related amounts not offset in 
the balance sheet 
Gross assets / 
(liabilities) 
recognised 
Amounts 
offset 
Net amounts 
recognised in 
the balance 
sheet 
Financial 
instruments 
Collateral 
pledged / 
(received) 
 
 
 
Net amounts 
At 28 February 2023 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
Derivative financial 
instruments – assets 
19 
- 
19 
- 
(20) 
(1) 
Derivative financial 
instruments – liabilities 
(19) 
- 
(19) 
- 
20 
1 
  
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
 
The Group has derivatives which are governed by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association (ISDA), credit support annex 
(CSA) and cleared derivatives execution agreement (CDEA) whereby if the fair value exceeds a pre-agreed level, cash collateral is 
exchanged. The Group’s exposures are held with a central clearing counterparty, the London Clearing House (LCH), the terms of which 
also required an initial margin to be provided. At 28 February 2023, the Group had posted cash collateral of £49m (2022: £20m) and 
received cash collateral of £52m (2022: £20m) against its derivative positions, and £21m of initial margin collateralised by encumbered 
Gilts (2022: £22m of initial margin collateralised by encumbered Gilts). Following the Bank’s award of a credit rating in the year, the 
Group is no longer required to pledge cash collateral with Mastercard for the risk of issuing merchant spend credit and therefore the 
value pledged is USD nil (2022: USD 58.5m). 
 
Liquidity and funding risk 
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group cannot meet its payment obligations as they fall due or can only do so at excessive cost. The 
Group seeks to ensure that financial obligations can be met at all times, even under liquidity stress conditions. 
 
The annual ILAAP enables the Group to: 
• 
Identify and assess its most relevant liquidity risk drivers 
• 
Quantify its liquidity needs under various stress scenarios and  
• 
Put in place appropriate limits and controls to mitigate liquidity risks. 
 
In meeting its internal limits as well as PRA requirements, the Group maintains a stock of high-quality liquid assets that can be readily 
monetised by outright sale or repurchase agreement to meet the Group’s obligations to depositors and other creditors. 
 
The Group’s Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR) and Net Stable Funding Ratio (NSFR) are regularly monitored and forecast alongside net 
cash flows and key funding ratios. Treasury prepare long term and short term forecasts to assess liquidity requirements, taking into 
account factors such as ATM cash management, contractual maturities and customer deposit patterns (stable or less stable deposits) 
as well as outflows regarding undrawn commitments. These reports support daily liquidity risk management, with early warning 
indicators reviewed on a daily basis and appropriate triggers for escalation and action in line with risk appetite, Liquidity and Funding 
Risk Policy and Liquidity Contingency Plan. Asset encumbrance ratios and key risk indicators for wholesale funding are also regularly 
monitored and reported to ALCO. 
 
The table below shows the undiscounted cash flows on the Group’s financial assets, liabilities and unrecognised loan commitments on 
the basis of their earliest possible contractual maturity. The expected (behavioural) cash flows on these instruments vary significantly 
from this analysis and as such are regularly modelled to ensure operational net cash flows are managed. The disclosure for derivatives 
shows a gross inflow and outflow amount. As derivatives have a simultaneous net settlement it is not considered representative to 
show only the outflow amount. 
 
Repayments which are subject to notice are treated as if notice were to be given immediately. However, the Group expects that many 
customers will not request repayment on the earliest date the Group could be required to pay and the table does not reflect the 
expected cash flows indicated by the Group's deposit retention history. 
 
 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 28 February 2023 
102 
 
33. 
Risk Management (continued) 
 
Residual contractual maturity analysis 
 
The Group 
Less than 1 month 
1 to 3 
months 
3 to 12 
months 
1 to 5 
years 
Over 5 
years 
Total
At 28 February 2023 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m
 
 
 
 
 
 
Assets 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-derivative assets 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and balances at central banks 
546 
- 
-
- 
-
546 
Loans and Advances to customers 
2,591 
544 
735
1,686 
822
6,378 
Loans and Advances to Other Banks 
- 
- 
100
- 
-
100 
Investment securities 
2 
54 
246
552 
-
854 
Other Assets 
225 
- 
-
- 
-
225 
Long term interest receivable 
1 
1 
5
- 
-
7 
3,365 
599 
1,086
2,238 
822
8,110 
Net derivative asset cash flows 
12 
5 
45
46 
4
112 
Total cash inflows 
3,377 
604 
1,131
2,284 
826
8,222 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Liabilities 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-derivative liabilities 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Customer accounts 
3,978 
208 
365
386 
-
4,937 
Other deposits 
94 
137 
318
738 
-
1,287 
Other liabilities (excluding lease 
liabilities) 
191 
- 
-
- 
-
191 
Lease liabilities 
0 
0 
1
1 
-
2 
Subordinated Debt 
6 
- 
6
50 
126
188 
4,269 
345 
690
1,175 
126
6,605 
Net derivative liability cash flows 
1 
5 
22
29 
-
57 
Unrecognised loan commitments 
(11) 
- 
-
- 
-
(11)
Total cash outflows 
4,259 
350 
712
1,204 
126
6,651 
 
 
 
 
Net liquidity 
(882) 
254 
419
1,080 
700
1,571 
 
 
The Bank 
Less than 1 month 
1 to 3 
months 
3 to 12 
months 
1 to 5 
years 
Over 5 
years 
Total
At 28 February 2023 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m
 
 
 
 
 
 
Assets 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-derivative assets 
 
 
 
 
Cash and balances at central banks 
499 
- 
-
-
- 
499 
Loans and Advances to customers 
1,995 
241 
604
1,716
824 
5,380 
Loans and Advances to Other Banks 
- 
- 
100
-
- 
100 
Investment securities 
2 
54 
246
552
- 
854 
Other Assets 
678 
- 
-
-
- 
678 
Long term interest receivable 
1 
1 
5
-
- 
7 
3,175 
296 
955
2,268
824 
7,518 
Net derivative asset cash flows 
11 
0 
23
17
4 
55 
Total cash inflows 
3,186 
296 
978
2,285
828 
7,573 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 28 February 2023 
103 
 
33. 
Risk Management (continued) 
 
Liabilities 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-derivative liabilities 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Customer accounts 
3,978 
208 
365
386
- 
4,937 
Other deposits 
94 
137 
318
738
- 
1,287 
Other liabilities (excluding lease 
liabilities) 
145 
- 
-
-
- 
145 
Lease liabilities 
0 
0 
(1)
(1)
- 
(2)
Subordinated Debt 
6 
- 
6
50
126 
188 
4,223 
345 
688
1,173
126 
6,555 
Net derivative liability cash flows 
1 
5 
22
29
- 
57 
Unrecognised loan commitments 
11 
- 
-
-
- 
11 
Total cash outflows 
4,235 
350 
710
1,202
126 
6,623 
 
 
 
 
Net liquidity 
(1,049) 
(54) 
268
1,083
702 
950 
 
The Group 
Less than 1 month 
1 to 3 
months 3 to 12 months 1 to 5 years Over 5 years 
Total
At 28 February 2022 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m
 
 
 
 
 
 
Assets 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-derivative assets 
 
 
 
 
Cash and balances at central banks 
387 
- 
-
-
-
387 
Loans and Advances to customers 
2,572 
154 
630
1,620
879
5,855 
Loans and Advances to Other Banks 
25 
- 
96
-
-
121 
Investment securities 
26 
- 
199
204
25
454 
Other Assets 
255 
- 
-
-
-
255 
Long term interest receivable 
1 
1 
5
6
-
13 
3,266 
155 
930
1,830
904
7,085 
Net derivative asset cash flows 
- 
- 
12
35
1
48 
Total cash inflows 
3,266 
155 
942
1,865
905
7,133 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Liabilities 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-derivative liabilities 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Customer accounts 
3,798 
57 
230
154
-
4,239 
Other deposits 
30 
40 
297
675
-
1,042 
Other liabilities (excluding lease 
liabilities) 
166 
- 
-
-
-
166 
Lease liabilities 
- 
- 
1
1
1
3 
Subordinated Debt 
- 
5 
180
-
-
185 
3,994 
102 
708
830
1
5,635 
Net derivative liability cash flows 
- 
2 
8
22
-
32 
Unrecognised loan commitments 
26 
- 
-
-
-
26 
Total cash outflows 
4,020 
104 
716
852
1
5,693 
 
 
 
Net liquidity 
(754) 
51 
226
1,013
904
1,440 
 
 
 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 28 February 2023 
104 
 
33. 
Risk Management (continued) 
 
The Bank 
Less than 1
month
1 to 3
months
3 to 12
months
 1 to 5
years
Over 5 
years
Total
At 28 February 2022 
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
 
 
 
Assets 
 
 
 
Non-derivative assets 
 
 
 
Cash and balances at central banks 
346
-
-
-
-
346 
Loans and advances to customers 
1,637
154
630
1,620
879
4,920 
Loans and advances to banks 
25
-
96
-
-
121 
Investment securities 
26
-
199
204
25
454 
Other assets 
679
-
-
-
-
679 
Long term interest receivable 
1
1
5
6
-
13 
2,714
155
930
1,830
904
6,533  
Net derivative asset cash flows 
0
(1)
5
25
1
30 
Total cash inflows 
2,714
154
935
1,855
905
6,563 
 
Liabilities 
 
Non-derivative liabilities 
 
Customer accounts 
3,798
57
230
154
-
4,239 
Other deposits 
30
40
297
675
-
1,042 
Other liabilities (excluding lease liabilities) 
106
-
-
-
-
106 
Lease liabilities 
-
-
1
1
1
3 
Subordinated Debt 
-
5
180
-
-
185 
3,934
102
708
830
1
5,575 
Net derivative liability cash flows 
-
1
1
11
-
13 
Unrecognised loan commitments 
26
-
-
-
-
26 
Total cash outflows 
3,960
103
709
841
1
5,614 
 
Net liquidity 
(1,246)
51
226
1,014
904
949 
 
Asset Encumbrance 
An asset is defined as encumbered if it has been pledged as collateral against a recognised or off balance sheet liability and therefore 
is no longer available for disposal or as collateral to support liquidity or funding requirements of the Group. The encumbrance levels of 
assets and related recognised or off balance sheet liabilities are shown in the following tables. 
 
 
The Group 
  
Encumbered 
Unencumbered 
Total 
At 28 February 2023 
£m 
£m 
£m 
Loans and advances to customers 
1,116 
4,177 
5,293 
Debt securities 
- 
741 
741 
Other assets 
64 
465 
529 
Cash, balances with central banks and loans and advances 
to Banks 
15 
631 
646 
  
1,195 
6,014 
7,209 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 28 February 2023 
105 
 
33. 
Risk Management (continued) 
 
 
 
The Group 
  
Encumbered 
Unencumbered 
Total 
At 28 February 2022 
£m 
£m 
£m 
Loans and advances to customers 
1,365 
3,702 
5,067 
Debt securities 
157 
286 
443 
Other assets 
40 
478 
518 
Cash, balances with central banks and loans and advances 
to Banks 
15 
493 
508 
  
1,577 
4,959 
6,536 
 
 
 
The Bank 
  
Encumbered 
Unencumbered 
Total 
At 28 February 2023 
£m 
£m 
£m 
Loans and advances to customers 
1,116 
3,439 
4,555 
Debt securities 
- 
741 
741 
Other assets 
64 
1,155 
1,219 
Cash, balances with central banks and loans and advances 
to Banks 
15 
584 
599 
  
1,195 
5,919 
7,114 
 
 
 
The Bank 
  
Encumbered 
Unencumbered 
Total 
At 28 February 2022 
£m 
£m 
£m 
Loans and advances to customers 
1,365 
2,946 
4,311 
Debt securities 
157 
286 
443 
Other assets 
40 
1,175 
1,215 
Cash, balances with central banks and loans and advances 
to Banks 
15 
452 
467 
  
1,577 
4,859 
6,436 
 
 
 
The Group and Bank 
  
Carrying value of encumbered 
assets 
Matching liabilities, contingent 
liabilities or securities lent 
At 28 February 2023 
£m 
£m 
Loans and advances to customers 
1,116 
760 
Debt securities 
- 
- 
Other assets 
64 
- 
Cash, balances with central banks and loans and advances 
to Banks 
15 
- 
 
1,195 
760 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 28 February 2023 
106 
 
33. 
Risk Management (continued) 
 
 
The Group and Bank 
  
Carrying value of encumbered 
assets 
Matching liabilities, contingent 
liabilities or securities lent 
At 28 February 2022 
£m 
£m 
Loans and advances to customers 
1,365 
885 
Debt securities 
157 
75 
Other assets 
40 
27 
Cash, balances with central banks and loans and advances 
to Banks 
15 
- 
 
1,577 
987 
 
The main sources of encumbrance in the Group relate to margin requirements for derivative transactions and collateral relating to 
secured funding transactions. Cash collateral is advanced and received as variation margin on derivatives transactions, whilst eligible 
treasury assets are pledged as collateral for initial margin requirements on derivatives which are centrally cleared. Eligible personal 
and mortgage loans with applicable haircuts are used as collateral for the securitisation facility and the Bank of England’s Term 
Funding Scheme with additional incentives for SMEs (TFSME) and Indexed Long-term Repo (ILTR). The personal loans and mortgages 
used to secure the funding are held within Loans and advances to customers. There are assets which would not normally be considered 
available for encumbrance in the normal course of the Group's business including intangible assets, property, plant and equipment, 
prepayments and accruals and deferred tax assets. These are included within the carrying value of unencumbered assets. 
 
Market risk 
Market risk is the risk of loss as a result of the value of the Group’s assets, liabilities and off-balance-sheet instruments being adversely 
affected by movements in market prices, interest rates or foreign exchange rates which leads to a reduction in either earnings or 
economic value. The key market risks are Interest Rate Risk in the Banking Book (IRRBB) and Foreign Exchange risk. The Bank does 
not have a trading book. 
 
Interest Rate Risk in the Banking Book 
IRRBB is the current or prospective risk to both earnings and economic value from movements in interest rates. The main sub-types of 
IRBBB include 
 
- 
Re-pricing risk (or gap risk): the risk arising from timing differences in the interest rate changes of bank assets and liabilities 
(e.g. fixed rate personal loans and instant access savings accounts).  
- 
Yield curve risk: the risk arising from changes in the slope and shape of the yield curve.  
- 
Basis risk: risk arising from imperfect correlation between different interest rate indices (e.g. administered rate on savings 
products and treasury assets linked to SONIA). 
- 
Prepayment risk: the risk arising from the timing of customer prepayments which differ from planning and hedging 
assumptions. 
- 
Credit Spread Risk: the risk of adverse effects resulting from a change in credit spreads, arising via the Group’s treasury 
assets portfolio. 
 
Foreign exchange risk 
The Group is exposed to FX risk through its holding of cash denominated in foreign currencies, primarily Euro and US Dollar, within its 
travel money bureaux in J Sainsbury plc stores and its currency dispensing ATM machines. Foreign exchange risk is currently mitigated 
through forward rate transactions. Further details of the hedging arrangements in place at year end are disclosed in note 17. 
 
Risk Appetite Measures 
The Bank’s market risk appetite statements defines limits for the following market risk measures: 
- 
Capital at Risk: an aggregate measure based on assessing each of the IRRBB risks and allocating a capital charge 
against each risk driver using a series of plausible but severe interest rate stresses. This includes parallel and non-
parallel movements of the yield curve. Where applicable a customer behavioural repayment profile is applied. 
 
 
 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 28 February 2023 
107 
 
33. 
Risk Management (continued) 
 
- 
Annual Earnings at Risk: measures the sensitivity of the Bank’s earnings over the next 12 months, in response to adverse 
movements in interest rates.  
- 
Net Open Currency Position: measures the Bank’s net open currency position aggregated across all currencies. 
 
Controls and Mitigants 
The Market Risk Policy defines the approach the Bank must apply to measure, monitor and control market risk which includes 
the Board approved market risk appetite statement and specific limits. The Treasury function undertakes the day to day 
management of market risk, using systems and models to assess risk exposure against limits. Oversight is provided by 2nd line.  
 
The main hedging instruments used to hedge IRRBB exposures are interest swaps as well as taking into account natural hedges 
between assets and liabilities with similar repricing characteristics in the first instance. Any residual exposures are then 
assessed against Board approved limits.  
Hedging strategies are implemented and reviewed on a regular basis at ALCo to ensure the Bank remains within limits. 
 
As at 28 February 2023 earnings at risk (change in net interest income) for changes in interest rates of +/-100 basis points movements 
in rates are as follows: 
 
The Group 
The Bank 
 
2023 
2022
2023
2022
£m 
£m
£m
£m
+/- 100 basis points 
(1)/4 
(5)/(9)
7/(7)
1/(15)
 
The above analysis assumes that interest rates would floor at 0% and would not result in negative rates becoming applicable. 
 
34. 
Capital resources (unaudited) 
 
From a prudential perspective, the Bank is monitored and supervised on a consolidated basis with its subsidiary, Home Retail Group 
Card Services Limited. The Bank has obtained an individual consolidation waiver from the PRA, which allows the Bank to monitor its 
capital position on a consolidated basis only. Therefore, the capital position shown below is on a regulatory consolidated basis. The 
following table analyses the regulatory capital resources under CRD IV. 
Transitional
Full impact
Transitional 
Full impact
2023
2023
2022 
2022
IFRS9
IFRS9
IFRS9 
IFRS9
The Regulatory Consolidated Group 
£m
£m
£m 
£m
 
 
 
 
Common Equity Tier 1 (CET 1) capital: 
 
 
 
 
Ordinary share capital 
701
701
701
701
Allowable reserves (unaudited) 
165
165
126
126
CET 1 capital pre Regulatory adjustments 
866
866
827
827
 
 
 
 
Regulatory adjustments: 
 
 
 
 
Intangible assets  
(165)
(165)
(180)
(180)
Additional value adjustment 
(1)
(1)
-
-
Non-Performing Exposures insufficient coverage 
(1)
(1)
-
-
Transitional adjustment 
23
-
38
-
Total Regulatory adjustments to CET 1 Capital 
(144)
(167)
(142)
(180)
 
 
 
 
 
 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 28 February 2023 
108 
 
34. 
Capital resources (continued) 
 
Tier 1 Capital 
722
699
685
647
Loan notes (listed) 
113
113
109
109
Tier 2 Capital 
113
113
109
109
Total capital 
835
812
794
756
 
The movement of CET 1 capital during the financial year is analysed as follows: 
 
Transitional
Full impact
Transitional
Full impact
2023
2023
2022
2022
IFRS9
IFRS9
IFRS9
IFRS9
The Regulatory Consolidated Group 
£m
£m
£m
£m
 
 
 
 
At 1 March  
685
647
791
726
Verified profit / (losses)  
38
38
22
22
Foreseeable Dividend 
-
-
(50)
(50)
Transitional adjustments 
(15)
-
(27)
-
Other reserve movements 
1
1
(2)
(2)
Movement in additional value adjustments 
(1)
(1)
1
1
Movement in Non Performing Exposures 
insufficient coverage 
(1)
(1)
Movement in intangible assets 
15
15
(50)
(50)
As at 28 February  
722
699
685
647
 
Reconciliation of statutory reserves to regulatory reserves 
 
2023 
2022 
The Regulatory Consolidated Group 
£m 
£m 
 
 
Total shareholders’ funds  
866 
856 
Foreseeable Dividend 
- 
(50) 
Total shareholders’ funds of subsidiary undertakings and consolidation adjustments 
- 
20 
Regulatory adjustments 
(144) 
(142) 
CET 1 capital  
722 
685 
 
Leverage ratio (unaudited) 
The leverage ratio is defined as the ratio of Tier 1 capital to adjusted assets, which is measured below on a regulatory consolidated 
basis. The denominator represents the total non-risk weighted assets of the regulatory group adjusted for certain off balance sheet 
exposures assets and regulatory deductions and provides a non-risk-weighted 'backstop' capital measure. The leverage ratio is 
calculated below as at 28 February 2023 on the UK basis which allows central bank assets to be excluded from the leverage exposures. 
The Bank's leverage ratio of 9.6% (2022: 9.7%) exceeds the minimum Basel leverage ratio of 3%. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 28 February 2023 
109 
 
34. 
Capital resources (continued) 
 
Transitional
Full impact
Transitional 
Full impact
2023
2023
2022 
2022
IFRS9
IFRS9
IFRS9 
IFRS9
The Regulatory Consolidated Group 
£m
£m
£m 
£m
Components of the leverage ratio 
 
 
 
 
Total assets as per published financial 
statements 
7,209
7,209
6,536 
6,536
Movement on consolidation of subsidiary 
undertakings 
(6)
(6)
(20) 
(20)
Exposure value for derivatives and securities 
financing transactions 
32
32
37 
37
Off balance sheet exposures: unconditionally 
cancellable (10%) 
867
867
878 
878
Off balance sheet: other (100%) 
2
2
5 
5
Other adjustments 
(243)
(266)
(169) 
(207)
Central Bank Claims 
(331)
(331)
(219) 
(219)
7,530
7,507
7,048 
7,010
Tier 1 capital 
722
699
685 
647
Leverage ratio 
9.6%
9.3%
9.7% 
9.2%
 
Capital management 
The Group manages its capital structure and makes adjustments to it in light of changes in economic conditions and the risk 
characteristics of its activities. Capital adequacy is monitored on an on-going basis by senior management, the ALCo, the Executive 
Risk Committee and the Board Risk Committee. Our submissions to the PRA in the year have shown that the Group has complied with 
all externally imposed capital requirements. 
The Group will disclose Pillar 3 information as required by the Capital Requirements Regulations and PRA prudential sourcebook on 
the J Sainsbury plc external website. 
 
35. 
Fair value of financial instruments 
 
Fair value hierarchy 
IFRS 13 specifies a hierarchy of valuation techniques based on whether the inputs to those valuation techniques are observable or 
unobservable. Observable inputs reflect market data obtained from independent sources; unobservable inputs reflect the Group’s 
market assumptions. These two types of inputs have created the following fair value hierarchy: 
 
Level 1 
Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. This level includes listed equity securities and debt 
instruments on exchanges (for example, London Stock Exchange, Frankfurt Stock Exchange, New York Stock Exchange) and exchange 
traded derivatives like futures. 
 
Level 2 
Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (that is, as prices) or 
indirectly (that is, derived from prices). The sources of input parameters like SONIA yield curve or counterparty credit risk are 
Bloomberg and Reuters. 
 
Level 3 
Inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs). This level includes equity 
investments and debt instruments with significant unobservable components.  
 
This hierarchy requires the use of observable market data when available. The Group considers relevant and observable market prices 
in its valuations where possible. 
 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 28 February 2023 
110 
 
35. 
Fair value of financial instruments (continued) 
 
The below table provides an analysis of the relevant fair value hierarchy for items recognised at fair value: 
 
The Group 
Level 1 
Level 2
Level 3 
Total
At 28 February 2023 
£m 
£m
£m 
£m
 
 
 
 
Derivatives designated as fair value hedging 
instruments 
- 
98
- 
98
Derivatives not in fair value hedging relationships 
- 
1
- 
1
Investment Securities 
689 
2
- 
691
Total assets 
689 
101
- 
790
 
 
Derivatives designated as fair value hedging 
instruments 
- 
53
- 
53
Total liabilities 
- 
53
- 
53
 
The Bank 
Level 1 
Level 2
Level 3 
Total
At 28 February 2023 
£m 
£m
£m 
£m
 
 
 
 
Derivatives designated as fair value hedging 
instruments 
- 
46
- 
46
Derivatives not in fair value hedging relationships 
- 
1
- 
1
Investment Securities 
689 
2
- 
691
Total assets 
689 
49
- 
738
 
 
Derivatives designated as fair value hedging 
instruments 
- 
53
- 
53
Total liabilities 
- 
53
- 
53
 
The Group 
Level 1 
Level 2
Level 3 
Total
At 28 February 2022 
£m 
£m
£m 
£m
 
 
 
 
Derivatives designated as fair value hedging 
instruments 
- 
34
- 
34
Derivatives not in fair value hedging relationships 
- 
1
- 
1
Investment Securities 
417 
1
- 
418
Total assets 
417 
36
- 
453
 
 
Derivatives designated as fair value hedging 
instruments 
- 
19
- 
19
Total liabilities 
- 
19
- 
19
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 28 February 2023 
111 
 
35. 
Fair value of financial instruments (continued) 
 
The Bank 
Level 1 
Level 2
Level 3 
Total
At 28 February 2022 
£m 
£m
£m 
£m
 
 
 
 
Derivatives designated as fair value hedging 
instruments 
- 
18
- 
18
Derivatives not in fair value hedging relationships 
- 
1
- 
1
Investment Securities 
417 
1
- 
418
Total assets 
417 
20
- 
437
 
 
Derivatives designated as fair value hedging 
instruments 
- 
19
- 
19
Total liabilities 
- 
19
- 
19
 
The table below summarises the fair value of financial assets and liabilities that are not presented in the Group’s balance sheet at fair 
value. The fair values of financial instruments are based on market prices where available, or are estimated using other valuation 
techniques. Where they are short term in nature or re-price frequently, fair value approximates to carrying value. The fair value 
information presented does not represent the fair value of the Group as a going concern at 28 February 2023 or 28 February 2022.  
 
2023 
2022 
 
Carrying value 
Fair value
Carrying value
Fair value
The Group 
£m 
£m
£m
£m
 
 
 
 
Assets: 
 
 
 
 
Loans and advances to customers 
5,293 
5,240
5,067
5,094
Cash and balances at central banks 
546 
546
387
387
Loans and advances to other banks 
100 
100
121
121
Investment Securities 
50 
50
25
25
 
Liabilities: 
 
Customer accounts 
4,735 
4.739
4,235
4,236
Other deposits 
1,212 
1,214
1,024
1,024
Subordinated debt 
122 
131
179
180
 
2023 
2022 
 
Carrying value 
Fair value
Carrying value
Fair value
The Bank 
£m 
£m
£m
£m
 
 
 
 
Assets: 
 
 
 
 
Loans and advances to customers 
4,555 
4,433
4,311
4,262
Cash and balances at central banks 
499 
499
346
346
Loans and advances to other banks 
100 
100
121
121
Investment Securities 
50 
50
25
25
 
Liabilities: 
 
Customer accounts 
4,735 
4,739
4,235
4,236
Other deposits 
1,212 
1,214
1,024
1,024
Subordinated debt 
122 
131
179
180
 
The carrying value of other assets and other liabilities is a reasonable approximation of fair value. 
 
 
 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 28 February 2023 
112 
 
35. 
Fair value of financial instruments (continued) 
 
The fair value hierarchy classification adopted by the Group in respect of assets not presented in the Group’s balance sheet at fair value 
is shown in the following table: 
 
The Group 
The Bank 
Level 1
Level 2 
Level 3
Total 
Level 1 
Level 2 
Level 3 
Total 
At 28 February 2023 
£m
£m 
£m
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
 
 
Loans and advances to customers 
-
5,240 
-
5,240
- 
4,433
-
4,433
Cash and balances at central banks 
-
546 
-
546
- 
499
-
499
Loans and advances to other banks 
-
100 
-
100
- 
100
-
100
Total assets 
-
5,886 
-
5,886
- 
5,032
-
5,032
 
 
Customer accounts 
-
4.739 
-
4,739
- 
4,739
-
4,739
Other deposits 
-
1,214 
-
1,214
- 
1,214
-
1,214
Subordinated debt 
131
- 
-
131
131 
-
-
131
Total liabilities 
131
5,953 
-
6,084
131 
5,953
-
6,084
 
 
The Group 
The Bank 
Level 1
Level 2 
Level 3
Total 
Level 1 
Level 2 
Level 3 
Total 
At 28 February 2022 
£m
£m 
£m
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
 
Loans and advances to customers 
-
5,094
-
5,094
-
4,262 
-
4,262
Cash and balances at central banks 
-
387
-
387
-
346 
-
346
Loans and advances to other banks 
-
121
-
121
-
121 
-
121
Total assets 
-
5,602
-
5,602
-
4.729 
-
4,729
 
Customer accounts 
-
4,236
-
4,236
-
4,236 
-
4,236
Other deposits 
-
1,024
-
1,024
-
1,024 
-
1,024
Subordinated debt 
180
-
-
180
180
- 
-
180
Total liabilities 
180
5,260
-
5,440
180
5,260 
-
5,440
 
The estimated fair value of loans and advances represents the discounted amount of estimated future cash flows expected to be 
received. Expected cash flows are discounted at current market rates to determine fair value.  
 
For fixed interest bearing deposits and other borrowings without quoted market price, valuations are based on discounted cash flows 
using market interest rates for new lending with similar remaining maturity. The estimated fair value of deposits with no stated 
maturity is the amount repayable on demand.  
 
36. 
Parent company  
 
The immediate and ultimate parent company and controlling party of the Bank is J Sainsbury plc, which is registered in England. Its 
registered office is 33 Holborn, London, EC1N 2HT. J Sainsbury plc forms the only group into which the financial statements of the Group 
are consolidated. Copies of the parent company’s financial statements may be obtained from www.j-sainsbury.co.uk.  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 28 February 2023 
113 
 
37. 
Share-based payments 
 
Accounting 
policy 
The Group, through schemes operated by its parent company J Sainsbury plc, provides benefits to employees 
(including Directors) in the form of equity-settled and cash-settled share-based payment transactions, whereby 
employees render services in exchange for shares, rights over shares or the value of those shares in cash terms. 
 
For equity-settled share-based payments the fair value of the employee services rendered is determined by 
reference to the fair value of the shares awarded or options granted, excluding the impact of any non-market 
vesting conditions. All share options are valued using an option-pricing model (Black-Scholes or Monte Carlo). This 
fair value is charged to the income statement over the vesting period of the share-based payment scheme with a 
corresponding increase to equity. 
 
Income statement 
The Group recognised £5m (2022: £4m) of employee costs (note 6) related to share-based payment transactions made during the 
financial year. Of these, £nil (2022: £nil) were cash-settled.  
 
The parent company, J Sainsbury plc, operates various share-based payment schemes, in which employees of the Group participate. 
 
a. Savings Related Share Option Scheme (‘SAYE’) 
The Sainsbury’s Group operates a Savings-Related Share Option Scheme, which is open to all UK employees with more than three 
months’ continuous service. This is an approved HMRC Scheme and was established in 1980. Under the SAYE scheme, participants 
remaining in the Sainsbury’s Group’s employment at the end of the three-year (and historically also five-year) savings period are 
entitled to use their savings to purchase shares in J Sainsbury plc at a pre-stated exercise price. Employees leaving for certain reasons 
can use their savings to purchase shares within six months of their leaving. 
 
 
2023  
Number of 
options 
2023 
Weighted 
average 
exercise price 
2022  
Number of 
options 
2022 
 Weighted 
average 
exercise price 
 
million 
pence 
million 
pence 
Outstanding at end of year 
1.5 
176.2 
 
1.3 
193.4 
 
 
 
 
 
Exercisable at end of year 
0.2 
164.9 
0.1 
245.2 
Exercisable price range 
 
161 to 260 
 
161 to 260 
 
The weighted average share price of J Sainsbury plc during the period for options exercised over the year was 259 pence (2022: 260 
pence). The weighted average remaining contractual life of share options outstanding at 28 February 2023 was 2.8 years (2022: 2.7 
years). Options granted during the year were valued using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model.  
 
b. Long-Term Incentive Plan  
Under the Long-Term Incentive Plan, shares in J Sainsbury plc are conditionally awarded to the senior managers in the Company. The 
core awards are calculated as a percentage of the participants’ salaries and scaled according to grades.  
 
Performance is measured at the end of the three-year performance period. If the required performance conditions, which are financial 
and non-financial non-market conditions, have been met, the awards vest and the participants are able to exercise 100% of the awards 
received. For 2020 awards and prior, recipients were only able to receive 50% of their awards after 3 years and 50% of their awards after 
4 years. Options granted will expire five years from the grant date.  
 
The core award can grow by up to four times, dependent on the level of performance. Straight-line vesting will apply if performance 
falls between two points. Awards are structured as nil cost options.  
 
 
 
 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 28 February 2023 
114 
 
37. 
Share-based payments (continued) 
 
 
2023
2022
Million
Million
Outstanding at end of year 
1.9
2.2
 
The weighted average remaining contractual life of share options outstanding at 28 February 2023 was 0.4 years (2022: 1.5 years). 
 
Options to acquire the award of shares were valued using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. No performance conditions were 
included in the fair value calculations.  
 
The weighted average share price during the year for options exercised was 233 pence (2022: 252 pence). 
 
c. 
Bonus Share Award 
Senior Managers and supermarket managers receive 60 per cent of their bonus in cash and 40 per cent of the award in shares. Director 
level managers receive 50 per cent of their bonus in cash and 50 per cent of the award in shares. Before 2021 awards had a three-year 
deferral period, however awards granted from 2021 now have a deferral period of two years (except for certain colleagues who are 
subject to a deferral period due to financial services regulations).  
 
Dividends accrue on these shares and are released at the end of the three-year retention period. 
 
 
2023
2022 
Million
Million 
Outstanding at end of year 
1.9
1.3 
 
The weighted average remaining contractual life of share options outstanding at 28 February 2023 was 1.3 years (2022: 1.1 years). The 
weighted average share price during the year for options exercised was 230 pence (2022: 246 pence). 
 
38. 
Related party transactions  
 
a) 
Transactions with Related Entities 
 
J Sainsbury plc 
The Bank is a wholly owned subsidiary of J Sainsbury plc. From time to time the Treasury function of J Sainsbury plc places short term 
cash deposits with the Bank on an arm’s length basis, receiving interest in return. 
 
2023 
2022 
The Group 
£m 
£m 
 
 
Transactions during the year 
 
 
Deposits by J Sainsbury plc: 
 
 
Interest payable by the Group 
2 
- 
 
 
Balances at end of year 
 
 
Deposits by J Sainsbury plc: 
 
 
Balance at the reporting date  
- 
- 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 28 February 2023 
115 
 
38. 
Related party transactions (continued) 
 
Sainsbury’s Supermarkets Limited 
Sainsbury’s Supermarkets Limited is a fellow subsidiary of J Sainsbury plc. Certain services are provided between the 2 entities. 
 
2023 
2022 
The Group 
£m 
£m 
 
 
Transactions during the year 
 
 
Services provided by Sainsbury’s Supermarkets Limited: 
 
 
Management services  
11 
20 
 
 
Services provided to Sainsbury’s Supermarkets Limited: 
 
 
Management services 
- 
(1) 
 
 
Balances at end of year 
 
 
Payables: 
 
 
Management services  
9 
3 
 
Included within management services provided by Sainsbury’s Supermarkets Limited are amounts recharged to the Group for Nectar 
points. Services provided to Sainsbury’s Supermarkets comprises Travel Money staff of the Group being redeployed to Sainsbury’s 
Supermarkets store working during closed Bureaux periods as a result of Covid-19 pandemic travel restrictions. This was significantly 
reduced year on year as international travel returned in 2022. 
 
Argos Limited 
As described in note 21, Home Retail Group Card Services Limited and Home Retail Group Insurance Services Limited are 
subsidiaries of the Bank. These entities provide credit and insurance intermediary services on behalf or Argos Limited, a fellow 
subsidiary of J Sainsbury plc. Fees are payable and receivable under a transfer pricing agreement. Additionally, short term 
intercompany balances can exist where amounts are paid by or on behalf of Argos Limited, including in respect of retail sales 
made in Argos Limited stores financed by credit plans offered by Home Retail Group Card Services Limited. 
 
2023 
2022 
The Group 
£m 
£m 
 
 
Transactions during the year 
 
 
Fees (receivable) / payable by the Group in respect of services provided 
(1) 
16 
 
 
Balances at end of year 
 
 
Payables 
16 
34 
 
b) 
Transactions with key management personnel 
 
For the purposes of IAS 24 ‘Related party disclosures’, key management personnel comprise members of the Board and the Executive 
Committees of all Group companies, who held office during the year.  
 
Remuneration and other compensation  
 
2023 
2022 
The Group 
£m 
£m 
 
 
Short term employee benefits 
4.4 
7.0 
Termination benefits 
1.3 
- 
Share-based payments 
1.5 
2.0 
7.2 
9.0 
 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 28 February 2023 
116 
 
38. 
Related party transactions (continued) 
 
Short term employee benefits represent salary, bonus and benefits in kind. Share-based payments relates to share schemes operated 
by J Sainsbury plc (see note 37). 
 
In the current year, there are no additional short term employee benefits met by another J Sainsbury plc group company (2022: £2.4m). 
For 2022, this amount is not included in staff costs (note 6). 
 
Product transactions 
 
Details of transactions, under terms and conditions available to all colleagues, between the Group and key management personnel are 
provided below. For this purpose, key management personnel include the Group key management personnel and members of their 
close families.  
 
Number of key 
management 
personnel 
Directors 
Other 
The Group 
£000 
£000 
 
 
 
Mortgages, credit cards and term loans 
 
 
 
At 28 February 2021 
3
3 
2 
Resignations during 2021/22 
-
- 
- 
Appointments/ New accounts during 2021/22 
-
- 
- 
Amounts advanced during the year 
-
14 
45 
Amounts repaid during the year 
-
(16) 
(45) 
At 28 February 2022 
3
1 
2 
Resignations during 2022/23 
(1)
- 
(6) 
Appointments/ New accounts during 2022/23 
3
- 
- 
Amounts advanced during the year 
-
16 
68 
Interest Charged 
-
- 
1 
Amounts repaid during the year 
-
(15) 
(61) 
At 28 February 2023 
5
2 
4 
 
Based on the Companies Act definition of Loans to Directors, total lending outstanding at 28 February 2023 was £nil (2022: £nil). 
 
Number of key
management
personnel
Directors 
Other 
The Group 
£000 
£000 
Savings and deposit accounts 
 
 
 
At 28 February 2021 
2
39 
- 
Resignations during 2021/22 
-
- 
- 
Appointments/ New accounts during 2021/22 
-
- 
- 
Amounts deposited during the year 
-
- 
46 
Interest paid 
-
- 
- 
Amounts withdrawn during the year 
-
(39) 
(10) 
At 28 February 2022 
2
- 
36 
Resignations during 2022/23 
-
- 
- 
Appointments/ New accounts during 2022/23 
-
- 
- 
Amounts deposited during the year 
-
- 
49 
Interest paid 
-
- 
- 
Amounts withdrawn during the year 
-
- 
(60) 
At 28 February 2023 
2
- 
25 
 
 
 
 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 28 February 2023 
117 
 
 
39. 
Capital commitments 
 
There are commitments in respect of capital expenditure which have been authorised, but not provided for in the financial statements, 
for which contracts have been entered into, on: 
 
The Group 
The Bank 
2023 
2022
2023 
2022
 
£m 
£m
£m 
£m
 
 
Property, plant and equipment 
- 
-
- 
-
Software development 
2 
5
1 
5
2 
5
1 
5
 
 
 

Alternative Performance Measures 
 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 28 February 2023 
118 
 
In the reporting of financial information, the Directors use various Alternative Performance Measures (APMs) which they believe 
provide additional useful information for understanding the financial performance and financial health of the Bank. These APMs 
should be considered in addition to and are not intended to substitute for IFRS measurements. As they are not defined by International 
Financial Reporting Standards, they may not be directly comparable with other companies who use similar measures. All of the 
following APMs relate to the current period’s results and comparative periods where provided.  
 
The Bank also discloses a number of capital and liquidity metrics relevant to its financial position which are required under prudential 
rules issued by the PRA and FCA. The bases of calculation of those metrics is defined within the relevant legislation and are disclosed 
in the Glossary.  
 
 
APM 
 
Definition/Purpose 
Reconciliation 
Underlying profit 
before tax 
Profit before tax before any 
items recognised which, by 
virtue of their size and/or 
nature, do not reflect the 
Bank’s underlying 
performance 
 
A reconciliation of underlying profit before tax is provided in note 8 of the 
financial statements 
Financial Services 
Underlying Profit  
Underlying Profit before net 
amounts payable to Argos  
A reconciliation of Financial Services underlying profit before tax is provided in 
the summary income statement in the financial review 
Net Interest Margin 
(NIM) 
Net interest income as a 
percentage of average 
interest-earning assets 
 
 
Ref 
 
2023 
 
2022 
Interest Income £m 
IS 
394 
322 
Interest expense £m 
IS 
(74) 
(43) 
Underlying Net Interest Income £m 
 
320 
279 
 
 
 
 
Monthly average interest earning 
assets £m* 
 
6,271 
6,249 
 
 
 
 
Underlying NIM 
 
5.1% 
4.5% 
 
*Monthly average interest earning assets is not presented in the financial 
statements. The average balance at Feb-23 is £6,271m (2022: £6,249m) made 
up of; 
 - Average loans & advances to customers £5,178m (2022: £5,076m)  
 - Average treasury assets £1,094m (2022: £1,173m)  
 
Bad Debt Asset 
Ratio (BDAR) 
 
 
Impairment losses as a 
percentage of the average 
net balance of loans and 
advances to customers 
 
 
Ref 
 
2023 
 
2022 
Impairment losses £m 
IS 
107 
62 
 
 
 
 
Monthly average customer lending 
£m* 
 
5,178 
5,076 
 
 
 
 
BDAR 
 
2.1% 
1.2% 
 
 
 
 
*Monthly average customer lending is not presented in the financial 
statements.  
 
 
 
 
 
 

Alternative Performance Measures 
 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 28 February 2023 
119 
 
 
APM 
 
Definition/Purpose 
Reconciliation 
Cost: Income Ratio 
Underlying operating 
expenses as a percentage 
of total income 
 
 
Ref 
 
2023 
 
2022 
Operating expenses £m 
IS 
298 
280 
Non-underlying items £m 
Note 8 
(6) 
(19) 
Underlying FS expenses £m 
 
292 
261 
 
 
 
 
Total FS Income £m 
IS 
456 
385 
 
 
 
 
Cost: Income ratio 
 
64% 
68% 
 
Return on capital 
employed 
Underlying profit after 
tax divided by average 
equity  
 
 
 
Ref 
 
2023 
 
2022 
Underlying FS uPBT before tax £m 
IS 
58 
64 
Notional tax charge £m 
 
(11) 
(12) 
Underlying FS profit after tax £m 
 
47 
52 
 
 
 
 
Monthly average equity £m* 
 
854 
864 
 
 
 
 
Return on tangible equity 
 
5.5%
6.0% 
 
 
 
 
*Monthly average equity is not presented in the financial statements.  
 
 
 
 
In the above table, IS refers to the income statement presented in the financial review on page 17. 
 
 

Glossary 
 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 28 February 2023 
120 
 
Bad debt asset ratio – Impairment losses as a percentage of the average net balance of loans and advances to customers. 
 
Tier 1 capital - A measure of the Group’s financial strength as defined by the PRA. It captures Common Equity Tier 1 capital plus 
other Tier 1 securities in issue, but is subject to a deduction in respect of material holdings in financial companies. 
 
Common equity tier 1 capital ratio - Tier 1 capital as a percentage of risk-weighted assets. 
 
Cost: income ratio (underlying) – Underlying operating expenses as a percentage of total income. 
 
Debt securities – Assets held by the Group representing certificates of indebtedness of credit institutions, public bodies or other 
undertakings, excluding those issued by Central Banks. 
 
Earnings at risk - Approach set out for the quantification of interest rate risk expressed as the impact of the sensitivity analysis on 
the change to net interest income. 
 
Effective interest rate - The effective interest rate method calculates the amortised cost of a financial asset or financial liability and 
allocates the interest income over the relevant period. The effective interest rate is the rate that exactly discounts estimated future 
cash receipts through the expected life of the financial asset or financial liability. 
 
Encumbered Asset - An asset is defined as encumbered if it has been pledged as collateral against an existing or off-balance sheet 
liability and therefore is no longer available for disposal or as collateral to support liquidity or funding requirements of the Group. 
 
Fair value – The amount for which an asset could be exchanged, or a liability settled, between willing parties in an arm’s length 
transaction. 
 
Financial Services Compensation Scheme (FSCS) – The UK’s independent statutory compensation fund for customers of 
authorised financial services firms and pays compensation if a firm is unable to pay claims against it. The FSCS is funded by 
management expenses levies and, where necessary, compensation levies on authorised firms. 
 
Full time equivalent - The hours worked by part time employees are accumulated along with the number of full time employees 
and counted as full time equivalents. This is a more consistent measure of the amount of time worked than employee numbers 
which will fluctuate as the mix of part time and full time employees changes. 
 
Impaired loans - Impaired loans are loans for which all the full contractual cash flows are no longer expected to be collected or 
collection of such cash flows will not be as they are contractually due. 
 
Impairment losses - An impairment loss is the reduction in value that arises after the impairment review of an asset that 
determines that the asset’s value is lower than its carrying value. 
 
Interest rate risk - The risk of a reduction in the value of earnings or assets resulting from an adverse movement in interest rates. 
 
Loans past due – These are loans for which a customer has failed to make payment as and when they are contractually due. 
 
Leverage ratio – CET 1 capital divided by the exposure measure. This is a new balance sheet metric introduced by the PRA. 
 
Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR) - Percentage of the stock of highly liquid assets such as cash to net cash outflow over a 30-day 
period.  
 
Loans to deposits ratio - The ratio of loans and advances to customers net of allowance for impairment losses divided by customer 
deposits. 
 
Master netting agreement - An agreement between two counterparties that have multiple derivative contracts with each other that 
provides for the net settlement of all contracts through a single payment, in a single currency, in the event of default on, or 
termination of, any one contract. 
 
Net interest margin - Net interest margin is net interest income as a percentage of average interest-earning assets. 

Glossary 
 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 28 February 2023 
121 
 
 
Net stable funding ratio - Amount of available stable funding (ASF) relative to the amount of required stable funding (RSF) over a 
one year time horizon, assuming a stressed scenario. 
 
Pillar 3 – The third pillar of the Basel III framework which aims to encourage market discipline by setting out disclosure 
requirements for Banks on their capital, risk exposures and risk assessment processes. These disclosures are aimed at improving the 
information made available to the market. 
 
Repurchase agreements - An agreement where one party, the seller, sells a financial asset to another party, the buyer, at the same 
time the seller agrees to reacquire and the buyer to resell the asset at a later date. From the seller’s perspective such agreements are 
repurchase agreements (repos) and they are reverse repurchase agreements (reverse repos) from the buyer’s perspective. 
 
Return on capital employed (underlying) – Underlying profit after tax divided by average equity 
 
Securitisation – This is a process by which a group of assets, usually loans, are aggregated into a pool, which is used to back the 
issuance of new securities.